Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 100

P r o d u c t

Te c h n o l o g i e s Minarik Drives is an American Control Electronics Brand

DC D rives:
• SCR
DESIGN TO DELIVERY
CUSTOM QUALITY AT A COMPETITIVE PRICE
• PWM
• R egenerat ive
• M icroprocessor-bas ed

AC & DC Motors & Drives


• Low Volt age
• D igit al
• N E MA Enclosure and
Chassis Models

Motors:
• DC G eared

AC D rives:
• Programmable
• N E MA Enclosure, I P 2 0
and Chassis Models

Minarik Drives is an American Control Electronics Brand

14300 D e L A To ur D r iv e M A DE IN THE U S A
S o uth B e lo i t, I L  6 1 0 8 0
Te l : 1 - 8 0 0 - M I N A R I K ( 6 4 6 - 2 7 4 5 ) | F a x : 1 - 8 1 5 - 6 2 4 - 6 9 6 0 | e m a i l : m d s a l e s @ m i n a r i k d r i v e s . c o m | w w w . m i n a r i k d r i v e s . c o m

©2012 Hegel Holdings All rights reserved Printed in USA Catalog MM12 Rev.0 $10.00
Visit our website at www.minarikdrives.com
South Beloit, Illinois your online resource for Minarik Drives
MANUFACTURING FACILITY Download Manuals Find a Distributor
Minarik Drives has a 35,000 square foot manufacturing facility in
South Beloit, Illinois. The building currently facilitates the Online Catalog
Contact us
engineering, sales, and production staff, employing over 65
people. The entire facility is climate and humidity controlled,
and has received unconditional lab and factory approval by
UL/CUL and factory approved by TUV.
Centrally located in the United States, Minarik Drives has the
ability to accommodate and service customers more efficiently
and logistically. The largest UPS hub in the country is less than
25 miles away, making standard delivery 2-3 days for 38 states.

Search by Part Number or


Partial Part Number
CATALOG PAGE LAYOUT
Below is an example of the chart found on a typical catalog page. You will find an explanation of the different parts
We accept
of the chart. Visa
A field supply is MasterCard
Maximum continuous necessary for DC shunt American Express
current that the drive wound motors Discover
Input voltage that can source to the Horsepower range
motor that the drive can States whether the
supplies power to UL Listed and
optimally control drive includes built-
the drive Canadian UL
in reversing circuitry

Input Output Max HP Rating HP Rating @ Rev- Field


Form
Drive Voltage Voltage Current @ 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure ersing Isolation Supply uL cuL CE
Factor
(VAC) (VDC) (ADC) Output Output (VDC)

Model number of Output voltage Horsepower range States whether the

use our product specifier to assist you in finding the


the drive from the drive that the drive can drive comes with no
to the motor optimally control enclosure (chassis), UL CE
a NEMA, or NEMA4X recognized compliant

Asterix Legend (through page 36)


enclosure
right drive or motor for your application.
*: Indicates a heatsink or mounting The isolation column
**: Indicates a heatsink or mounting
***: Indicates isolation
indicates whether the SEARCH BY
drive can be controlled
****: Indicates a field supply by an external
*****: Indicates reversing or braking unisolated 0-5 VDC, • Current
******: Indicates sizing the drive 0-10 VDC, 0 - ± 10
*******: Indicates reverse polarity protection VDC, or 4-20 mA • HP
signal

For More Information: • Enclousre Type


• Braking
CALL FAX WEB • Reversing
1.800.MINARIK 1.800.394.6334 www.minarikdrives.com • and more
(1.800.646.2745)

spine
DC DRIVE SELECTION CHART
YES NO
Reversing?

Enclosure? Enclosure?

YES NO YES NO

NEMA 1 or 4X? Isolation? NEMA 1 or 4X? Isolation?

NEMA 1 NEMA 4 YES NO NEMA 1 NEMA 4X YES NO

MM23202D RG500A RG60U-PCM RG60U MM23001C


MM23102D PCM23001A
SERIES SERIES SERIES SERIES SERIES
SERIES SERIES
RG500UA-PCM RG500UA MM23002D
MM23201C MC10-R Isolation? MM301U
SERIES SERIES MM23101C SERIES
SERIES SERIES
SERIES
NRG-4Q-PCM NRG-4Q MMXL
MMXL-PCM
SERIES SERIES SERIES
SERIES
MDPM YES NO XP SERIES
PCMXP
SERIES
SERIES
XL SERIES
MC10-PCM MC10 MM-PCM
SERIES SERIES
MM23401C
Drive model numbers listed above in white are SCR Drives typically for 90 VDC PCM23401A SERIES
SERIES
motors rated between 1/8 - 1 HP and 180 V motors rated 1/4 - 2 HP. The drive model numbers
C4XL3200A
listed in red are PWM drives typically for 90 or 130 VDC motors rated between 1/8 -1 HP and 180 VDC MM301A SERIES
motors rated between 1/4 - 2 HP. If using a motor with a smaller or larger horsepower, look for a
drive in the same family but rated for your specific motor.
W H AT I S A D R I V E & H O W T O C H O O S E A D R I V E ?

The term Motor Drive most commonly refers to an electronic device that controls the speed of a motor. DC Drives
control speed by varying DC voltage to a DC motor. AC Drives vary voltage and frequency applied to the AC motor to
control speed. A drive is specified based on the application requirements. Subtle differences affect drive selection such
as one direction vs. reversing, braking, speed range, regulation ability, enclosures, adjustment trim pots, etc. Select
a drive based on the application’s requirements and size the drive based on the current (Amp) rating of the motor.

STEP 1: KNOW YOUR MOTOR


DC MOTOR AC MOTOR

90 VDC 130 VDC 180 VDC 115 VAC 230 VAC


12/24 VDC 36/48 VDC 1-phase (specify type below) 3-phase (inverter duty)

Permanent Magnet Series Wound Shaded -Pole


Shunt-Wound Separately Excited Permanent Split Capacitor } Speed
Controllable

}
Split-Phase
Use 115 VAC input for 90 or 130 VDC motors Capacitor Start NOT Speed
Controllable
Use 230 VAC input for 180 VDC motors. Capacitor Start, Cap. Run
Use PWM drives with 130 VDC motors

MOTOR AMPERAGE:______________ (Nameplate rating in Amps) MOTOR HORSEPOWER: _____________ HP

STEP 2: INPUT VOLTAGE TO DRIVE


Input Voltage to Drive: ___________ (Volts) AC 1-phase DC

STEP 3: KNOW YOUR APPLICATION


Number of Quadrants1:

1-quadrant (one direction) 4-quad Regenerative (Forward, Reverse, & Braking)


(See Sections A & B) (See Section C)

Output Technology / Form Factor1:



SCR [best for 50-100% speeds] PWM [extended speed range, motor runs cooler, longer brush life]
(See Section A) (See Sections B & C)

Control Method:

Speed pot/knob External signal (0-10 VDC, ±10 VDC, 4-20 mA) ___ isolated ___non-isolated

Enclosure Style:

Open-chassis NEMA 1 enclosure (finger-safe) NEMA 4X enclosure (washdown)

Adjustments Needed:

Accel/Decel Min Spd Max Spd Current Limit IR Comp Other:___________


1 Assumes a DC Drive
TA B L E O F C O N T E N T S
DC DRIVES AC DRIVES

A I

ontent

1Q SCR
TRIAC
4 MM23000C Series 3 3 TA10-D Series


5 MM23000D Series
6 M1 Series
J
VA R I A B L E F R E Q .
3 4 VFD Series
M2 Series
7
NEW UPVFD Series
35
MM-PCM Series
8 VFD-PCM Series
36
9 PCM20000A Series
NEW 3 7 MDVF Series
MM300 & MM500 Series
10
K
NEW

V A R I A B L E F R E Q . - D I G I TA L
MC10 Series
11
ACM100 Series
38
1 2 MM31700B, RD, & SQ Series
AC200 Series
39

1Q PWM B 4 0 AC300 Series
1 3 XP Series
1 4 MMXL Series
1 5 XL Series

ACCESSORIES L
4 1 ACM100, AC200 & AC300 Accessories
C 4Q SCR
NEW 4 2 Isolation Cards (PCM4 & USIM-8)
1 6 RG500 Series
NEW 4 3 Logic Cards (CSC1 & 200-0386A)
1 7 RG501 Series
NEW 4 4 Wireless Accessories

NEW 1 8 RG60U Series
4 5 Feedback Devices (PK24 Series)
1 9 RG5500U Series
4 6 Displays (VT8 &DLC600 Series)
D 4Q PWM
4 8 Standard Accessories
2 0 NRG-4Q Series

NEW 2 1 MDPM Series
MOTORS

LOW V O LTA G E DRIVES


M DC MOTORS
4 9 DC Motors
E AC INPUT - 4 Q P W M
NEW 2 2 HTL Series
N TECHNICAL REFERENCE
F DC INPUT - 1Q PWM
5 0 Comparison Charts
2 3 LV Series
5 5 Dimensional Drawings
NEW 2 4 DC1.5, DC2.0 & DC6 Series
6 1 Wiring Diagrams
2 5 DC16 & DC60 Series
7 2 Speed Potentiometer Wiring Options
G DC INPUT - 4Q PWM 7 4 AC Solutions
NEW 2 6 DC6-4Q & DC20-4Q Series 7 5 DC Drive Reference
NEW 2 7 DC30-4Q Series 7 6 Speed Range Reference
NEW 2 8 DC60-4Q Series 7 7 Regulation, Current Limit & Efficiency Ref.
NEW 2 9 DC120-4Q, DC240-4Q & DC250-4Q Series 7 8 Deadband, Min/Max & Accel/Decel Ref.
3 0 DC500N-4Q-36/48 Series 7 9 Dynamic Brake Reference
NEW 3 1 DC1000-4Q Series 8 0 Isolation Reference
8 1 Enclosure Reference
BRUSHLESS DRIVES 8 2 Form Factor & Calibration Reference
H 4Q PWM 8 3 Calibration Reference Continued
NEW 3 2 MDBL Series 8 4 Glossary
8 6 Certifications
9 0 Index
9 4 Cross Reference For Obsolete Drives
9 6 Cross Reference For Competitor Drives

NEW Denotes pages with new content (series, models, features, options)
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Isolation Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure
***** *** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
MM23011C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

MM23111C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 1 – – YES YES YES –

MM23211C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 1 YES – YES YES YES –

MM23411C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 4X – – YES YES YES –

MM23001C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

MM23101C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10** 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 1 – – YES YES YES –

MM23201C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10** 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 1 YES – YES YES YES –

MM23401C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X – – YES YES YES –

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** Heat sink number 223-0174 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** Built in isolation is not available on the MM23000C series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM-PCM (Pg 8), PCM20000A (Pg 9), MM300 (Pg 10), or PCM4 (Pg 42).
***** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.
***** Reversing models are designed for dynamic braking and reversing using the switches on the enclosure. See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly or
***** for drives with the ability to remote mount direction and braking switches.

MM23001C & MM23011C DIMENSIONS


The MM23000C Series of drives are a reliable and
cost-effective solution for controlling your perma-
nent magnet or shunt-wound DC motors in variable
speed applications. The MM23000C series uses 0.75 [19] 0.19 [5]
SCRs to provide full-wave rectification of the AC line
input. These dual voltage drives operate using 115
VAC or 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz, to run 90 or 180 VDC
3.58 [91]
SCR brush-type motors. These drives control motors 1.75 [44]
from 1/20 to 2 HP and come in chassis, NEMA 1,
and NEMA 4X models. Cased models include AC
line fuses.
0.74 [19] 0.64 16]

See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-


ferent 1Q SCR drives. 3.50 [97]
MM23001C 4.30 [109]
MM23011C
Height: 1.60 [41]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 55.


Wiring diagrams can be found on page 61.
FEATURES
MM23001C-Q
MM23011C-Q
• MM footprint: Chassis drives have a compact industry standard footprint.
• Speed range, regulation & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
MM23101C • User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
MM23111C
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
• Diagnostic LED: LED for current limit status on all models. Cased models
have a green power light.
• Stopping Modes: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop on all models. Dynamic
braking included on MM232x1C.
• Spade and screw terminals: Easy to use spade terminals on chassis; screw
terminals on enclosed units.
• Options: “-Q” option on chassis drives include quick disconnect terminal block
and power LED.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159 or 223-0174. 201-0024 inhibit plug with
MM23201C MM23401C 18” leads, DLC600 digital closed loop controller, PCM4 isolation card.
MM23211C MM23411C
• RoHS: All MM23000C series models are RoHS compliant.

4 • MM23000C SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Isolation Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure
***** *** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
MM23012D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – YES YES Pending

MM23112D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 1 – – – YES YES Pending

MM23212D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 1 YES – – YES YES Pending

MM23412D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 4X – – – YES YES Pending

MM23002D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS – – – YES YES Pending

MM23102D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10** 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 1 – – – YES YES Pending

MM23202D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10** 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 1 YES – – YES YES Pending

MM23402D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X – – – YES YES Pending

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** Heat sink number 223-0174 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** Built in isolation is not available on the MM23000D series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM-PCM (Pg 8), PCM20000A (Pg 9), MM300 (Pg 10), or PCM4 (Pg 42).
***** The field supply is not available on the MM23000D series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM23000C series (Pg 4).
***** Reversing models are designed for dynamic braking and reversing using the switches on the enclosure. See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly or
***** for drives with the ability to remote mount direction and braking switches.

MM23002D & MM23012D DIMENSIONS


The MM23000D Series is similar to the MM23000C
Series except for the addition of the following fea-
tures. The MM23000D Series has a flexible inhibit
0.75 [19] 0.19 [5] circuit that can be set for a normally open or nor-
mally closed input. A torque mode option was also
added to this family of drives where the drive will
3.58 [91]
control the current to the motor, perfect for ten-
1.75 [44] sion control applications. The logic circuit in the
MM23000D Series contains additional filtering that
allows the drive to run better and longer in electri-
cally noisy environments. Also the MM23000D Se-
0.74 [19] 0.64 16] ries can accept a 5K or 10K Ohm potentiometer
and that allows the drive to be a drop in replace-
3.50 [97] ment for many competitor drives.
4.30 [109]

Height: 1.60 [41] Choose the MM23000D Series for the best value
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] single quadrant SCR drive on the market.
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 55.
Wiring diagrams can be found on pages 61 and 62. See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
ferent 1Q SCR drives.
FEATURES

• MM footprint: Chassis drives have a compact industry standard footprint.


• Speed range, regulation & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status. MM23002D MM23102D
MM23012D MM23112D
• Stopping modes: Coast to minimum speed or to stop with selectable N.O. or
N.C. inhibit contacts. Dynamic braking included on MM232x2D.
• Spade and screw terminals: Easy to use spade terminals on chassis; screw
terminals on enclosed units.
• Speed or Torque control: Choose operating mode using jumper pins.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159 or 223-0174. 201-0024 inhibit plug with
18” leads, DLC600 digital closed loop controller, PCM4 isolation card.
• RoHS: All MM23000D series models are RoHS compliant. MM23202D MM23402D
MM23212D MM23412D

• MM23000D SERIES 5
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
Microprocessor-based 1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Isolation Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure
***** *** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
M1 115 0-90 10* 1/15 - 1 – CHASSIS – – YES YES – –

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** Built in isolation is not available on the M1 series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM-PCM (Pg 8), PCM20000A (Pg 9), MM300 (Pg 10), or PCM4 (Pg 42).
***** The field supply is not available on the M1 series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM23000C series (Pg 4).
***** See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

M1 DIMENSIONS
The size and the design of the M1 set it apart from
the other SCR chassis drives. The very compact M1
has a footprint of only 4.30” x 2.64” while maintain- 0.19 [5]
ing the industry standard MM mounting hole loca- SCR501
D503 D502 D501

tions. SCR502

C501
MOV502 A1

R501
QC503
L1 QC502
R502 A2

The M1 is a microprocessor based design which al- 2.64 [67] T501


L2 QC501 C502
QC504

J502
1.75 [44] Y501 S1
INHIBIT

lows the drive to be more flexible. Adjustments such QC508


1/8
HP- QC507
S2

as the acceleration, deceleration, torque limit, and QC509


QC506
S3

IR compensation can be factory programmed for J2


IC1
J501
QC505
0.19 [5]
OEMs. The microprocessor also allows for increased INHIBIT ACCEL DECEL IR COMP TORQUE MIN SPD MAX SPD

performance over a wider range of motor sizes.


3.50 [97]
4.30 [109]
The microprocessor on the M1 also makes the drive
more intelligent than competitor SCR drives. For ex-
Height: 1.45 [37]
ample, assume a motor stalls because of a jam.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
The M1 will allow the motor to ramp up to speed
Wiring diagram can be found on page 62.
based on the acceleration setting once the jam is
removed. Competitor drives would have immedi-
ately supplied full voltage to the motor once the jam
was removed, and not followed the acceleration set-
ting. Features such as this make the M1 a safer and
FEATURES
more reliable drive.

• Compact size: Standard “MM” mounting hole locations but with only a 4.30”
The compact size and additional features of the M1
x 2.64” footprint.
make it an excellent choice for those looking for
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
power and performance in a small package.
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
ferent 1Q SCR drives.
• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop.
• Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost and able to fit in a smaller package.
• Two choices for inhibit connection: Remote start/stop control with an inhibit
plug or simply connect to spade terminals.
• Programmable trim pot ranges: Unique application requirements for accel-
eration, deceleration, torque limit and IR compensation can be programmed
into a chip without expensive hardware changes.
• Additional features: Wider than typical IR comp range for finer tuning, wide
accel/decel range (0.5 to 26 secs), and vibration tested to 1G.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159. 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads,
DLC600 digital closed loop controller, PCM4 isolation card.

M1

6 • M1 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
Microprocessor-based Dual 1Q SCR

A
Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field UL CE
Input Output
Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Reversing Isolation Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Enclosure
Current Output Output ***** *** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC)
each | both each | both each | both ****
M2 115 0-90 6.5*|11.5* 1/15 - 1 | 1 1/8 – CHASSIS – – – YES – –

M2-D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 6.5*|11.5* 1/15 - 1 | 1 1/8 1/8 - 2 | 2 1/4 CHASSIS – – – YES – –

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when either motor output is above 5 amps or the total output of both motors combined is above 6.5 amps.
***** Motor A must be less than or equal to 10 amps. Motor B must be less than or equal to 10 amps: Motors A and B combined must be less than 11.5 amps.
***** Built in isolation is not available on the M2 series. Minarik Drives recommends using the PCM4 (Pg 42).
***** The field supply is not available on the M2 series. Minarik Drives recommends using the MM23000C series (Pg 4).
***** See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

M2-D DIMENSIONS
The M2 Series provides the power of two drives in
one. Now with one DC drive, you can control two
different DC motors either independently or in a
ratio mode. In independent mode, each side of
0.75 [19] 0.38 [10] the drive can be controlled independently from the

A+ / B
A+/A

other motor. There are two unique sets of trim pots


C506
C505

for calibration. In speed ratio mode, one speed


R503
R501
C503

IC502 IC503
potentiometer sets the main speed while the other
A- / B
A-/A

3.58 [91] one determines the ratio of the speeds between the
C507
L1

L2

01
TORQUE

C5
SPEED

C508

2
V50
Y501

1.75 [44] MO
motors. In this mode, the drive replaces two single
J502 C510
AB
INDEP.

drives and possibly a separate master/follower card


RATIO

CUR LIM

U1

resulting in extreme cost and panel space savings.


R38

J503
IR COMP ACC/DEC

1
J501

180 90 180 90
C15

J504 J505 J507 J506 The M2 Series is easy to set up with simple jumpers
MIN-SPEED-MAX

0.675 [17] A-B

to choose the speed/torque and independent/ratio


A -- INHIBIT -- B S3 S2 S1 S3 S2 S1
modes. Set up parameters are easily adjusted with
on board trim pots. For OEMs that have fixed set-
3.50 [97]
tings, the M2 Series is microprocessor based and
4.30 [109] can have the settings or ranges of the trim pots and
Height: 1.53 [39] other functions customized without any hardware
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] changes.
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 55.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 62.
The M2 Series is ideal for applications with two DC
FEATURES motors that are working together, two motors that
run independently but are physically close, or simply
• Ability to control two different DC motors at once: Jumper selectable when panel space is very limited.
independent or speed ratio mode.
• MM footprint: A compact industry standard footprint. See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
• Speed range, regulation & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a ferent 1Q SCR drives.
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Two each of Minimum Speed, Maximum
Speed, Current Limit, IR Compensation and Acceleration/Deceleration.
• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop.
• Spade terminals: Allows for quick and easy terminations and changes.
• Panel space saving: Replace two DC drives with one compact package.
• Speed or Torque mode: Jumper selectable. Speed mode regulates speed
and limits current. Torque mode regulates current and limits speed. M2
• Microprocessor based: Can custom program the trim pot ranges and inhibit
(N.O. or N.C.) for OEM applications.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159. DLC600 digital closed loop controller,
PCM4 isolation card.
• RoHS: All M2 series models are RoHS compliant.

M2-D

• M2 SERIES 7
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Isolation
***** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
0-10 VDC
MM03-115AC-PCM 115 0-90 3 1/50 - 1/4 – CHASSIS – YES YES – –
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM03-230AC-PCM 230 0-180 3 – 1/25 - 1/2 CHASSIS – YES YES – –
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM10-115AC-PCM 115 0-90 10* 1/8 - 1 – CHASSIS – YES YES – –
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM10-230AC-PCM 230 0-180 10* – 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS – YES YES – –
4-20 mA

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.
***** See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

MM-PCM SERIES DIMENSIONS


Similar to our MM23000C Series in length and
width, the “piggyback” design allows for many
additional features in a small package.
OC501

0.19 [5]
The MM-PCM Series drive accepts non-isolated 0.75 [19] 1

voltage (0-10 VDC) or current (4-20 mA) signals


R501

coming from an in-plant process, programmable


TB501

5
logic controller, motion controller, etc. to control

4
3.91 [99]
speed. This results in significant labor and material

3
1.75 [44]

2
cost reduction compared to other systems employ- 3.58 [91]
C501 +
0.65 [16]
ing a separate drive and isolation card. The drive

S2
SW501

can be wired for normally open or normally closed


CURR VOLT

P502 P501

contacts.
MIN MAX

CW

CW
0.74 [19]
OUT SPD
P506 P505 P504 P503
IL504 IL503 IL502 IL501

C/LIM PWR IR/COMP DECEL ACCEL INH

Choose the MM-PCM Series when there is a need


for an isolated SCR drive with more features and 3.50 [97]
better performance than the PCM20000 Series but 4.30 [109]
less than that of the MM300 Series.
Height: 2.16 [55]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- Wiring diagram can be found on page 62.
ferent 1Q SCR drives.
FEATURES

• MM footprint: A compact industry standard footprint.


• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA
for controlling the speed of the motor. Burr-Brown isolation provides .01%
linearity.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 2% of base speed regulation with a
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed (12 turn), Maximum
Speed (12 turn), Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Decelera-
tion.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, run, inhibit, and current limit status.
• Stopping modes: Choose N.O. or N.C. terminals to remotely decelerate to a
stop by either closing or opening contacts.
• Terminal blocks: Allows users to easily wire controllers.
• Additional features: On-board line fusing.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159, DLC600 digital closed loop controller.
MM03-115AC-PCM • RoHS: All MM-PCM series models are RoHS compliant.
MM03-230AC-PCM
MM10-115AC-PCM
MM10-230AC-PCM

8 • MM-PCM SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Supply Rec. CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Isolation
***** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
PCM21010A 115 0-90 2 1/20 - 1/6 – CHASSIS – 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

0-10 VDC
PCM23411A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/10 - 1/4 1/6 - 1/2 NEMA 4X – YES – – –
4-20 mA

PCM21000A 115 0-90 10* 1/4 - 1 – CHASSIS – 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

PCM22000A 230 0-180 10* – 1/2 - 2 CHASSIS – 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

0-10 VDC
PCM23001A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS – YES YES YES –
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
PCM23401A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X – YES YES YES –
4-20 mA

***** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
***** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.
***** See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

PCM23001A DIMENSIONS
The PCM20000A Series of drives are a cost-effec-
tive solution for variable speed, process control ap-
0.70 [18] 6.90 [175] plications from 1/20 to 2 HP. These are SCR drives
6.30 [160] that integrate isolation allowing them to accept
external analog process control signals. Alternative
solutions require users to wire a separate isolation
SCR501 D506 D507 D508 SCR502

A2
card to the drive which adds cost and reduces avail-
MOV501

able space.
R525

MOV502 C516
T501
L1 L2
115 230

4.40 [112]
R531

SW501 C501

3.00 [76] Users can operate the drives in manual mode using
NEG

F1 F2
IC502
T502 MOV503
normal potentiometer operation or in signal mode
SIGNAL INPUT

D501

C502
D502

where drive output is proportional to an external sig-


IC501
A1
RSH

SW502
S1 S2 S3 C518 90 180
nal input. Additionally, the PCM23xx1A has a signal
ratio mode which allows the potentiometer to scale
POS

SIG MAX SIG MIN 1 2 3


SO501
4 5 MAX SPD MIN SPD TORQUE IR COMP
the output voltage while the external signal is the
main control source. It comes with a quick connec-
Height: 2.30 [58] tor for wiring between the three operation modes.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 55. See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
2.30 [58] Wiring diagrams can be found on pages 62 and 63.
ferent 1Q SCR drives.

FEATURES

• MM Footprint: PCM2x0x0A have a compact industry standard footprint.


• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded speed reference signals of
0-10VDC or 4-20mA. 3% linearity through 50:1 speed range (60:1 for PC-
M23001A). 1% linearity through 30:1 speed range.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1-2% of base speed regulation
with a 50:1 (60:1 for PCM23xx1A) speed range and a 1.37 form factor at
maximum rated voltage.
PCM21000A PCM23401A
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
PCM21010A PCM23411A
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Maximum Signal Adjust and Minimum Signal PCM22000A

Adjust (PCM23xx1A drives only).


• Spade and screw terminals: Easy to use spade terminals on chassis; screw
terminals on enclosed units.
• Additional features: Manual or signal mode jumper select.
• Additional features (PCM23xx1A only): Third mode of signal input with ratio
output, dual voltage AC input, DC field voltage.
• RoHS: All PCM20000A series models are RoHS compliant. PCM23001A

• PCM20000A SERIES 9
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Revers-
Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure ing Isolation
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output *****
****
0-10 VDC
MM311U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 CHASSIS – YES YES YES Pending
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM301U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 CHASSIS – YES YES YES Pending
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM301A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 NEMA 4X – YES YES YES Pending
4-20 mA

0-10 VDC
MM501U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 25 1 - 2 1/2 2-5 CHASSIS – YES YES – Pending
4-20 mA

***** The MM300 field supply is rated at 1 amp while the MM500 field supply is rated at 3 amps. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available
***** with 230 VAC input.
***** See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

MM301U & MM311U DIMENSIONS


The MM300 and MM500 Series of dual-voltage
single quadrant SCR drives can control 90 or
180 VDC SCR brush-type motors ranging from 0.19 [5]
1/20 HP through 5 HP. The MM311U, MM301U,
and the MM501U drives have integrated isolation
allowing them to precisely follow analog current or
4.46 [113]
voltage signals from external devices or a potenti-
ometer as a reference for motor speed control. This 3.00 [76]

results in significant labor and material cost reduc-


tion compared to other systems employing a sepa-
rate drive and isolation card.
0.70 [18] 0.60 [15]
Use the MM300 or MM500 Series for a full fea-
tured, high end, great performing single quadrant 6.30 [160]
6.90 [175]
DC drive.
Height: 1.90 [48]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
ferent 1Q SCR drives. Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on pages 55 and 56.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 63.

FEATURES

• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of 0-10VDC or 4-20mA


for controlling the speed of the motor. Burr-Brown isolation provides .01%
linearity.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 60:1 speed range. 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 80:1 speed range
with the addition of tachogenerator feedback. 1.37 form factor at maximum
rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed (12 turn), Maximum
MM301A MM301U Speed (12 turn), Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration, Deceleration
MM311U
and Tachogenerator Feedback.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power, current limit status, and run (MM501U
only).
• Stopping modes: Start/stop circuitry for three wire remote pushbuttons or
two wire maintained switches.
• Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce instal-
lation time!
MM501U • Additional features: Tachogenerator feedback mode and on board fusing.
• RoHS: Models MM311U, MM301U and MM301A are RoHS compliant.

10 • MM300 & MM500 SERIES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Isolation
***** (VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
MC10 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X – – – YES – –

0-10 VDC
MC10-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X – – YES – –
4-20 mA

MC10-R 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X YES – – YES – –

***** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.
***** Reversing models are designed for occasional reversing using the switch on the enclosure. See regenerative drives in Section C for SCR drives that can reverse on-the-fly or for drives with
***** the ability to remote mount direction and braking switches.

MC10 & MC10-R DIMENSIONS


The MC10 Series provides a reliable and economi-
cal solution for variable speed control of permanent
5.63 [143] magnet, or shunt wound brushed DC motors from
5.16 [131] 1/8 to 2 horsepower.

POWER
0.19 [5.00] Housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure, the dual voltage
ON SLOTTED HOLES
4 PLACES MC10 Series is ideal for washdown applications and
OFF
provides protection from moisture, windblown dust
5 6
4
and incidental contact.
7
3

8
2

9
1

Included are power and current limit LEDs, line fus-


10
0

SPEED
7.50 [191] 5.50 [140] es, inhibit pins for remote start/stop, and a speed
adjust knob mounted on the front cover. In addi-
ADJUSTABLE SPEED
DC MOTOR CONTROL tion, the MC10 model includes an On/Off switch on
the front cover; the MC10-R model- a Forward/Off/
Reverse switch; and the MC10-PCM model- an On/
Off switch and a Manual/Signal switch.

With excellent control and a plastic NEMA 4X en-


Height: 4.56 [116] closure, the MC10 Series is the perfect solution for
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] many applications that require an enclosed drive.
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 56.
Wiring diagrams can be found on pages 63 and 64. See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
ferent 1Q SCR drives.
FEATURES

• NEMA 4X enclosure: Plastic corrosion resistant weatherproof enclosure that


protects against dirt and splashing water.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
60:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration. The
MC10-PCM unit also has Minimum Signal and Maximum Signal pots.
MC10 MC10-R
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status. MC10-PCM

• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop.


• Mounted operators: Speed adjust knob located on front of case for easy
operation. MC10-R includes direction switch and MC10-PCM includes signal/
manual switch.
• Screw terminal: Quick and easy wire connections.
• Analog input reference: MC10-PCM can accept a 0-10VDC or 4-20mA with
addition of a shunt resistor.
• Accessories: 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads, DLC600 digital closed
loop controller.
• RoHS: All MC10 series models are RoHS compliant.

• MC10 SERIES 11
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q SCR

A
UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ Field
Listed CSA TUV Premounted
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation Supply
Potentiometer
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output (VDC)

MM31701B 115 0-90 2 1/50 - 1/6 CHASSIS – – – – – – –

MM31751B 115 0-90 2 1/50 - 1/6 CHASSIS – – – – – – YES

MM31700B 115 0-90 3 1/8 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – – – – –

MM31750B 115 0-90 3 1/8 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – – – – YES

RD16U 115 0-90 3* 1/8 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – – – – YES

SQ16U 115 0-90 3* 1/50 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – – – – YES

SQ216U 230 0-90 3* 1/50 - 1/4 CHASSIS – – – – – – YES

* Peak rating of 3 amps.

MM317xxB DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives offers the MM31000, SQ, and RD
Series of drives for cost sensitive variable-speed ap-
plications. These light-weight compact drives con-
trol DC brush-type motors ranging from 1/50 to 1/4 0.62 [16]
HP, without any additional components required.
Reduced circuitry allows the cost to decrease sig-
nificantly and also lends to a very compact package,
ideal for original equipment manufacturers.
C501

MOV501

SCR502
SCR501

3.75 [95]
Several of the drives come with a speed pot already D501 T501

2.80 [71]
RC501

mounted on the drive. The SQ Series includes a C502


R501

knob and dial. A pre-wired removable terminal barri-


D502

+ R502
D503

er on the MM31000 Series eliminates nearly half of MOV502

the wiring required for other drives. Using full-wave


C503

R503

rectification of the AC line input, these SCR drives A1 L1 S1 S2 L2 A2


IR COMP MIN SPD MAX SPD
provide moderate 20:1 speed range.

See page 50 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- 2.72 [69]

ferent 1Q SCR drives. Height: 1.37 [55]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 56.


Wiring diagrams can be found on page 64.

FEATURES

• Small package: Fits where other drives can’t.


• Low cost: Designed for OEMs.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 3% of base speed regulation with a
MM31700B MM31750B
MM31701B MM31751B 20:1 speed range and a 1.37 form factor at maximum rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed and
IR Compensation (IR Comp on MM31000 and SQ drives only).
• MM31000 removable terminal barrier: Greatly reduces miswiring; easy in-
stallation.
• Optional pre-mounted speed potentiometer: Reduces wiring time and
makes a compact package.
• Built-in power switch: The pot on the SQ and RD Series also acts as an AC
power switch.
• RoHS: All MM31700B, RD, and SQ series models are RoHS compliant.

RD16U SQ16U
SQ216U

12 • MM31700B, RD & SQ SERIES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q PWM

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @
Rec. CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90/130 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
Supply
(VDC)
B
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output
****
C1XP01-115AC-A 115 0-130 1 1/100 - 1/10 NEMA 1 – – – YES YES –

XP02-115AC 115 0-130 2 1/20 - 1/6 CHASSIS ***** – – YES YES –

PCMXP02-115AC 115 0-130 2 1/20 - 1/6 CHASSIS ***** 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

C1XP03-115AC-A 115 0-130 3 1/10 - 1/4 NEMA 1 – – – YES YES –

XP05-115AC 115 0-130 5 1/4 - 1/2 CHASSIS ***** – – YES YES –

PCMXP05-115AC 115 0-130 5 1/4 - 1/2 CHASSIS ***** 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

XP10-115AC 115 0-130 10* 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS ***** – – YES YES –

PCMXP10-115AC 115 0-130 10* 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS ***** 0-10 VDC – YES YES –

* Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
**** A field supply is not available on the XP series. Minarik Drives recommends using the XL series (Pg 15).
***** See regenerative drives in Section D for PWM drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

XPxx-115AC DIMENSIONS
Specifically designed for the original equipment
manufacture (OEM), the XP Series of DC motor
4.30 [109]
speed drives provide high performance at a low
3.80 [97]
cost. These drives are well suited for MMXL or XL
drive applications who do not need all of their fea-
R504
R502 A-
tures. These PWM drives result in a smooth, quiet,
A+
cool and low maintenance motor operation.
+ DC IN
CURRENT
LIMIT
0.19 [5]

ACCEL /
C501 The C1XP Series is enclosed in a compact NEMA 1
R501
3.64 [93]
1.75 [44]
DECEL
- DC IN
enclosure. The PCMXP Series includes isolation so
the drive can follow a remote 0-10VDC from a PLC.
L S1

W S2 R503

H S3

IR COMP
Choose the XP Series for the best low cost PWM
0.73 [19] MAX SPEED drive on the market.

HEIGHT
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] See page 51 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
XP02-115AC 1.77 [45]
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be ferent 1Q PWM drives.
XP05-115AC 2.36 [60] found on page 57.
Wiring diagrams can be found on pages 64 and 65.
XP10-115AC 2.88 [73]

FEATURES

• MM footprint: Chassis drives have an industry standard footprint.


• Low cost: Designed for OEM applications.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 80:1 speed range and a 1.05 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration pots: XP02-115AC XP02-115AC-Q
XP05-115AC
• XP models: Max Speed, Current Limit, IR Comp, Accel/Decel XP10-115AC
• XP02-115AC-Q model: Min Speed, Max Speed, Current Limit, IR Comp
• C1XP models: Min Speed, Max Speed, Current Limit, IR Comp
• PCMXP models: Min Speed, Max Speed, Current Limit, IR Comp, Signal Adj
• Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller pack-
age.
• Accepts AC or DC input: Can accept 100-160VDC input voltage or 70-
130VAC.
• Options: “-Q” option on the XP02-115AC adds a terminal block, on-board
fusing, inhibit, and replaces the Accel/Decel trim pot with a Min Speed trim pot. PCMXP02-115AC
PCMXP05-115AC C1XP01-115AC-A
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159, DLC600 digital closed loop controller. PCMXP10-115AC C1XP03-115AC-A
• RoHS: All XP series models are RoHS compliant.

• XP SERIES 13
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q PWM

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Revers-
Rec. CSA TUV
B Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90/130 VDC 180/240 VDC Enclosure ing Isolation
Supply
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output *****
****
MMXL02-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 CHASSIS – – – YES YES Pending

MMXL02-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 CHASSIS – 0-5 VDC – YES YES Pending

MMXL05-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 CHASSIS – – – YES YES Pending

MMXL05-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 CHASSIS – 0-5 VDC – YES YES Pending

MMXL10-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10* 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 CHASSIS – – – YES YES Pending

MMXL10-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10* 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 CHASSIS – 0-5 VDC – YES YES Pending

* Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
**** A field supply is not available on the MMXL series. Minarik Drives recommends using the XL Series (pg 15).
***** See regenerative drives in Section D for PWM drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

MMXL SERIES DIMENSIONS


Minarik Drives has always been a leader in providing
low-cost PWM motor controls. With the MMXL Se-
ries, we have done it once again! We have taken a
fulll-featured PWM drive and reduced it down to the 0.19 [5] S3 C505

standard MM footprint (4.30” x 3.64”).


C503
C504 C502

A1
R501
S2
S1

Not only did we keep all of the features of the larger

A2
T501
INHIBIT
XL Series, but we even added optical isolation to the

L2
3.64 [92] D

speed circuit and the inhibit circuit in the “-PCM” 1.75 [44]

C501

Q503

L1
IL502

model. This means that the speed can be controlled CURRENT


LIMIT
TH501
POWER IL501
with any 0-5 VDC signal and many drives can be in- CURRENT LIMIT

hibited with a single contact closure. The auto rang- MAX SPD MIN SPD IR COMP DECEL ACCEL

0.70 [18]
ing power supply allows the user to apply 115 or
230 VAC without adjusting any switches.
3.80 [97]
For cooler running motors and longer lasting brush- 4.30 [109]
es, Minarik Drives recommends upgrading SCR HEIGHT
drives to PWM drives like the MMXL Series. MMXL02 2.50 [62]

MMXL05 3.20 [81]


See page 51 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
MMXL10 3.90 [99]
ferent 1Q PWM drives.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Wiring diagrams can be found on page 65.

FEATURES

• MM footprint: A compact industry standard footprint.


• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
100:1 speed range and a 1.05 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
• Stopping mode: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop.
• Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost, and able to fit in a smaller pack-
age.
• Auto-ranging power supply: Accepts AC or DC input in the 115-230V range.
• Options: “-PCM” option adds isolation for the speed reference input and the
MMXL02-D240AC & -PCM
MMXL05-D240AC & -PCM
inhibit pins.
MMXL10-D240AC & -PCM • Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159. 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads,
DLC600 digital closed loop controller.
• RoHS: All MMXL series models are RoHS compliant.

14 • MMXL SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
1Q PWM

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Rec. CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90/130 VDC 180/240 VDC Enclosure
Reversing
*****
Isolation
***
Supply
(VDC)
B
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
XL3025A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

C4XL3025 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 NEMA 4X – – YES – – –

XL3050A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

XL3200A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10** 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

C4XL3200A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 NEMA 4X – – YES – – –

XL3300A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 15 1/4 - 1 1/2 1/2 - 3 CHASSIS – – YES YES YES –

** Heat sink number 223-0271 must be used when the output is above 5 amps.
*** Built in isolation is not available on the XL series. Minarik Drives recommends using the PCMXP (Pg 13), MMXL-PCM (Pg 14), or PCM4 (Pg 42)
**** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.
***** See regenerative drives in Section D for PWM drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

XL3025A, XL3050A & XL3200A DIMENSIONS


Minarik Drives’ XL Series of pulse-width-modulated
(PWM) variable-speed DC drives provide exceptional
0.19 [5]
performance. They output nearly pure DC power to
BR501 Q502 Q501 D501

brush-type motors ranging from 1/20 to 3 HP. Drives


TH501
accept 115 or 230 VAC input to output 0 to 130 or
R503 B2

AC1 AC2 BR+ BR-


B1 240 VDC, respectively.
T501

C503

R501
MOSFET power devices switch at a high frequency
SW501
230

above the audible range, to provide fast circuit re-


230

C505

4.97 [126]
SW502

sponse and a constant 1.05 form factor over the


4.13 [105] IC502 IC501 C501
IC503
entire 100:1 speed range. Highly-efficient XL drives
R502

provide cool, quiet motor operation with extended


FAST-ACTING
FU501

0.50 [13] brush life and low maintenance. For convenience,


C502
CURR
LIMIT
C504

INHIBIT IL501 IL502


the drives have a cage-clamp terminal block to
TB501

make wiring easy. The XL3300A can jog motors


L1 L2 S1 S2 S3 F1 F2 A1
from 0 -120% of rated speed with a separate trim-
0.25 [6]
mer pot.
5.38 [137]
See page 51 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
HEIGHT
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] ferent 1Q PWM drives.
XL3025A 2.25 [57]
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be
XL3050A 3.00 [76] found on pages 55 and 57.
Wiring diagrams can be found on pages 65 and 66.
XL3200A 3.75 [95]

FEATURES

• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with a
100:1 speed range and a 1.05 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Current Limit, IR Compensation, Acceleration, Deceleration and Jog (XL3300A XL3025A
XL3050A C4XL3025
and C4XL3200A only). XL3200A

• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.


• Stopping mode: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop on all models.
• Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce instal-
lation time!
• Additional features: Dual voltage AC input, DC field supply, on board line
fuse, and jog mode on C4XL3200A and XL3300A.
• Accessories: Heatsink 223-0271. 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads,
DLC600 digital closed loop controller.
• RoHS: All XL series models are RoHS compliant. XL3300A C4XL3200A

• XL SERIES 15
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
4Q SCR

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
C RG510UA 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – YES YES YES –

0 to ±10 VDC
RG510UA-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES YES YES YES –
4-20 mA

RG510A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 NEMA 4X YES – YES YES YES –

RG500UA 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS YES – YES YES YES –

0 to ±10 VDC
RG500UA-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS YES YES YES YES –
4-20 mA

RG500A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 NEMA 4X YES – YES YES YES –

**** Heat sink number 223-0235 must be used when the output is above 7 amps.
**** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.

RG5x0UA DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ RG500 Series consists of full-wave,
four-quadrant regenerative SCR drives to provide
smooth motoring and braking torque for brush-type

FU501 FU502
L1
C504

DC motors. The RG500 Series is a proven design

FAST ACTING
C510

FUSES ONLY
SCR501 SCR502 SCR503 SCR504 SCR505 SCR506 SCR507 SCR508

L1

L2
C509 C507

C501
R504 R505 R506
C508

with many years of sucess in the industrial mar-


C506

0.19 [23]
230V
L2

SW502
SW501
ketplace. 115V
4.75 [120]

L2
3.53 [90]

R501
115 230 230 115

90
ARMATURE
GND F1

T505

SW503

R502
T501

T502

T503

T504

180 ARM
FEEDBACK
Regenerative drives such as the RG500 Series are

SO502

SW504

R503
TACH
F2

INH-RUN

great for applications with overhauling loads, rapid


A2

TB501

SO501

C502
C503

deceleration, basic positioning, and high duty cycle


A1

IC502

IC501
INHIBIT

reversing and braking. The RG500 Series includes P501 P502 P503 P504 P505 P506 P507 P508 P509
TB502
C505

standard chassis, isolated chassis, and enclosed S3 S2 S1 S0 RB1 RB2 -15 +15 T1 T2 MIN SPD FWD TQ REV TQ IR COMP MAX SPD FWD ACC REV ACC DB TACH

NEMA 4X models. The RG500 Series drive used 8.38 [213]


with a 200-0386A limit switch logic board provides 8.90 [226]
a variety of routines for limit switch applications.
Height: 1.90 [48] Dimensions of drives not shown above can be
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] found on pages 57 and 58.
Choose the RG500 Series when the application Wiring diagrams of can be found on page 66.
calls for a well proven and reliable regenerative
drive. The RG500 Series survives in environments FEATURES
that others can’t.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly.
See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
• NEMA 4X enclosure: RG510A and RG500A come in a rugged metal corro-
ferent 4Q drives.
sion resistant, weatherproof enclosure that protects against dirt and splash-
ing water.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 50:1 speed range. 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 60:1 speed range
with the addition of tachogenerator feedback. 1.37 form factor at maximum
rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Foward Current Limit, Reverse Current Limit, IR Compensation, Forward Ac-
celeration, Reverse Acceleration, Deadband and Tachogenerator Feedback.
RG500A
RG510A
• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O.) to immediately brake to a stop. RB1 and RB2
(N.O.) to decelerate to a stop.
• Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations.
• On board fusing: No need to add external fusing for protection of your mo-
tor or drive.
• Options and Accessories: Heatsink 223-0235. “-PCM” option adds Burr
Brown isolation, 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads, and 200-0386 limit
RG500UA RG500UA-PCM
RG510UA RG510UA-PCM switch logic board, and DLC600 digital closed loop controller.
• RoHS: All RG500 series models are RoHS compliant.

16 • RG500 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
4Q SCR

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
RG511A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2 NEMA 4X YES – YES YES – – C
RG501A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 NEMA 4X YES – YES YES – –

**** The field supply is rated at 1 amp. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.

RG5x1A DIMENSIONS
The RG501A/RG511A are dual voltage, full-fea-
6.90 [175] tured regen drives in a rugged enclosure. These
6.30 [160] high performance drives maintain motor speed with
automatic motoring and braking torque, while al-
lowing high-duty cycle reversing and braking, great
1.40 [36]
for limit switch applications.

The RG501A/RG511A have conveniently mounted


operators. Included are a power on/off switch and
9.80 [249] separate forward and reverse speed potentiom-
eters so independent speeds for each direction
are easily set. Controlling the motor is easy too,
10.20 [259]
by pressing a button on the membrane panel for
stop, run, reverse, or jog (jog speed is adjustable).
The user can also wire in remote pushbuttons in
conjunction with the on-board buttons.

Included and wired into the RG501A/RG511A pack-


age is our limit switch logic board (200-0386A).
This mini-PLC can operate in one of nine modes be-
tween limit switches including continuous cycling,
single cycle, dwell and more–including adjustable
Height: 5.50 [140]
stop and dwell times!
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
FEATURES ferent 4Q drives.

• NEMA 4X enclosure: Rugged metal, corrosion resistant, weatherproof en-


closure that protects against dirt and splashing water.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 50:1 speed range. 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 60:1 speed range
with the addition of tachogenerator feedback. 1.37 form factor at maximum
rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Foward Current Limit, Reverse Current Limit, IR Compensation, Forward
Acceleration, Reverse Acceleration, Deadband, Tachogenerator Feedback,
Foward Jog, Reverse Jog and Dwell Time.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for jog, forward, reverse, and stop.
• Stopping modes: User can regeneratively brake to a stop with a local or
remote push button.
• Cage clamp and screw terminal block: Quick, secure and easy wire ter-
minations.
• On board fusing: No need to add external fusing for protection of your drive.
• RoHS: All RG501 series models are RoHS compliant. RG501A
RG511A

• RG501 SERIES 17
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
4Q SCR

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
C RG61U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 CHASSIS YES – – YES – –

0 to ±10 VDC
RG61U-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 CHASSIS YES – YES – –
4-20 mA

RG60U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS YES – – YES – –

0 to ±10 VDC
RG60U-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10* 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 CHASSIS YES – YES – –
4-20 mA

**** Heat sink number 223-0159 must be used when the ouput is above 5 amps.
**** A field supply is not available on the RG60 series. Minarik Drives recommends using the RG500 series (Pg 16).

RG6xU DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ RG60 Series is a compact, full-
featured regen drive. Standard features include a
choice of tachogenerator or armature feedback, ARMATURE
90-180
FEEDBACK
ARM-TACH

nine trim pots including forward and reverse inde-

SW 503
SW 504
FWD
ACC

pendent adjustments for acceleration and torque,


C502

REV

C504
ACC

cage clamp and plug-in terminal blocks for se- MAX

JP 502
SPD

IC504
C503
L2
cure and easy connections and current limit LEDs.
INVERT IC501
INHIBIT A1
IR
COMP INVERT C501 IC502
ENABLE
3.70 [94] 0.19 [5]
A unique feature on the RG60U is the ability to
L1 IC503

TB 503
REV
TQ LIMIT A2

Y501
FWD REV

INHIBIT
FWD
choose the enable and inhibit terminals to operate GND TQ

TB502
2.55 [65] IL501 IL502

either ‘normally open’ or ‘normally closed’.


DB

MIN
SPD IL503
POWER
TACH

+15V
-15V
RB1
RB2
The RG60U has three additional options available.

S3
S2
S1
S0
T2
T1
0.80 [20] 0.80 [20]
The RG60U-PCM comes with isolation so that any

TB501
T501

+/- 10 VDC or 4-20 mA reference signal can be


used. The RG60U-T comes with the ability to be 3.50 [97]
4.30 [109]
used in torque or speed control using a remote pot.
Torque control is useful in many web tensioning and Height: 1.96 [50]
winder applications. The RG60U-T-PCM combines All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
the functionality of the -T and -PCM options. The Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 58.
-IAD option allows for independent forward accel, Wiring diagrams of chassis drives can be found on page 67.
forward decel, reverse accel, and reverse decel.
FEATURES
Robust SCR technology with regenerative capabil-
ity makes the RG60U especially ideal for high duty • MM footprint: Compact industry standard footprint.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
cycle and reversing applications.
quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly.
See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- • Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 2% of base speed regulation with
a 50:1 speed range. 0.5% of base speed regulation over 60:1 speed range
ferent 4Q drives.
with the addition of tachogenerator feedback. 1.37 form factor at maximum
rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Foward Current Limit, Reverse Current Limit, IR Compensation, Forward Ac-
celeration, Reverse Acceleration, Deadband and Tachogenerator Feedback.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, forward current limit, reverse current limit.
• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O. or N.C.) to immediately brake to a stop. RB1
to RB2 (N.O.) to decelerate to a stop. Enable (N.O. or N.C.) to coast to a stop.
• Configurable enable and inhibit: Can be configured to be either normally
RG60U RG60U-PCM open or normally closed.
RG61U RG61U-PCM
• -4S Option: Allows the customer to use 3 contacts to select from 4 different
speeds that are set by trim pots.
• -IAD Option: Allows for independent forward acceleration, forward
deceleration, reverse acceleration and reverse deceleration.
• -PCM Option: Isolation daughter card. Accepts 4-20 mA signals and non-
isolated speed reference voltages between -10V and +10V.
• -T Option: Speed/torque adder card. Torque or speed control for both for-
ward and reverse directions using a remote pot. Add -T-PCM for use with an
analog signal.
RG60U-T RG60U-T-PCM • Accessories: Heatsink 223-0159, DLC600 digital closed loop controller,
RG61U-T RG61U-T-PCM and 200-0386A limit switch logic board.
• RoHS: All RG60 series models are RoHS compliant.

18 • RG60 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
4Q SCR

Field UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
(VDC)
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output
****
0 to ±10 VDC C
RG5500U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 25 1 - 2 1/2 2-5 CHASSIS YES YES YES – –
4-20 mA

**** The field supply is rated at 3 amps. A 50/100 VDC field is available with 115 VAC input and a 100/200 VDC field is available with 230 VAC input.

RG5500U DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ RG5500U drive is a full-wave, four
quadrant regenerative drive which provides smooth
A1 A2 F2 F1 motoring and braking torque for SCR brush-type
DC motors. The RG5500U controls motors from

D504

D503

D502

D501
TB501

FU503
1 through 5 HP for single or bi-directional variable

C505

C504
FU501
speed.
L1

C501
Applications with overhauling loads, rapid decelera-
L2

FU502
CFVS
10-50

DISABLE/ENABLE
4-20
CS S3 S2 S1 S0 TP -15 +15 T1 T2 HV DIRCOM

tion, basic positioning, and high duty cycle revers-


1-5

AC1

AC2

R501
SO 502
SW505
TB 502

1 2 3 4
SC R50 1

FU504

ing or braking benefit from these versatile regen-


C5 16
C503
IC502

11 5

SW502
230

SCR5 02

erative drives.
23 0

SW501
1 15
IC501

C502

SCR 503
C515
REGEN BRAKE

T505

8.00 [203] 12.13 [308]


SO50 1

The RG5500U is excellent for leader/follower ap-


IC505
R50 4

plications as well. It accepts almost any external


SC R 5 04
CURR SIG. OFFSET
INPUT ADJ

P511
P501

signal input (see Isolated Inputs).


T506
IC504
MAX OUT

IC503

SC R 50 5
P502

C513

C511
C5 12
FWD TQ

P503

C514

SC R 5 06
P504
REV TQ

The RG5500U drive is conservatively rated at


T501
IR COMP

P505

TP501

0.19 [5]
25 Amps and is your answer for a full-featured re-
MIN OUT

P506

SC R5 07

T502
P507
FWD ACC REV ACC

generative drive requirement up to 5 HP. The robust


P508

S C R5 08

T503

3 Amp field makes the drive a suitable replacement


P509
DB

2.06 [52]
C509
C508
P510

for older shunt wound motor drive systems.


TACH

SW504 SW503 T504


C50 7
C506

ARM TACH 90 180


FEEDBACK ARMATURE
C510

R503 R502

6.30 [160] See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-


ferent 4Q drives.
Height: 2.90 [66]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Wiring diagrams of chassis drives can be found on page 67.

FEATURES

• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals of -250 to +250 VDC,


-25 to +25 VDC, -10 to +10 VDC or 4-20 mA. Burr-Brown isolation has .01%
linearity.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 50:1 speed range. 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 60:1 speed range
with the addition of tachogenerator feedback. 1.37 form factor at maximum
rated voltage.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Foward Current Limit, Reverse Current Limit, IR Compensation, Forward Ac-
celeration, Reverse Acceleration, Deadband, Tachogenerator Feedback and
Input Adjust.
• Stopping Modes: Inhibit (N.O.) to immediately break to a stop. RB1 and RB2
to decelerate to a stop.
• Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce in-
stallation time!
• Additional features: On-board fusing. RG5500U

• RG5500 SERIES 19
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
4Q PWM

Output UL CE
Input Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Reversing Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 90/130 VDC 180/240 VDC Enclosure Isolation Supply
Range *****
(VAC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC)
115 0-130
NRG02-D240AC-4Q 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 CHASSIS YES – – YES – –
230 0-240
D 115 0-130 0 to ±10 VDC
NRG02-D240AC-4Q-PCM 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 CHASSIS YES – YES – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

115 0-130
NRG05-D240AC-4Q 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – – YES – –
230 0-240

115 0-130 0 to ±10 VDC


NRG05-D240AC-4Q-PCM 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – YES – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

NRG10-115AC-4Q 115 0-130 10 1/4 - 1 – CHASSIS YES – – YES – –

0 to ±10 VDC
NRG10-115AC-4Q-PCM 115 0-130 10 1/4 - 1 – CHASSIS YES – YES – –
4-20 mA

***** Applications that require braking and/or reversing of high inertia loads require a Regenerative Dumping resistor. Refer to the user’s manual for resistor sizing.
***** See the Accessories section for resistor part numbers (Pg 48).

NRG-4Q SERIES DIMENSIONS


The NRG-4Q Series, with a robust set of features,
is easy to use and at the same time, will satisfy

8.30 [ 211 ]
0.63 [ 16 ]
demanding application requirements. This family of
drives is the highest performance drive line in the

GND

P511
P510

OFFSET
MAX

INPUT
REV
Minarik Drives arsenal. Our OEM customers often

VOLTAGE OUT
L2-115

TACH/CUR MODE
ARMATURE

DB+
FEEDBACK

0.18 [ 5 ]
ARMATURE
P502

INHIBIT
FWD
MAX

130 VDC

240 VDC
L2 -230
refer to the drive as a DC Servo. In addition to on-

JMP503
3
P506
SPD
MIN

SW501

SW502

DB-
1
2&3=CUR MODE
CONTROL MODE
1&2=VEL MODE
IL502

IL501

3
ACCEL

JMP502
P501

JMP501
L1

FWD

2
board fusing to protect your motor and drive, the

A1
JMP502
4.75 [ 121 ]

1
3.50 [ 89 ]

VOLTAGE
MOTOR

REGEN

COAST
ACCEL

IL503

OVER
P507

INHIBIT MODE

A2
PERSONALITY
REV

1&2=COAST
2&3=BRAKE

1&2=NO
2&3=NC
INHIBIT

JMP503
JMP501
NRG will accept any AC input voltage between 90

TORQUE
MOTOR

P504

C503
C502

3
OUTPUTS

2=COM
3=Yout
1=Iout

2
- CURRENT
TORQUE

J504

J504
REGEN

P503

1
LIMIT
OUT
and 240 VAC at 50 or 60Hz. With the auto-ranging

J502

CURRENT

J501
+
IR COMP

INHIBIT
OFFSET

LIMIT
P505

IL504
power supply there are no switches to set, no set-

P509
TACH
1 12

tings to change.
+15 -15 S0 S3 S1 S2 RB2 RB1 COM DIR T1 T2

HEIGHT
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
These highly efficient, near unity form factor PWM NRG02 2.79 [71]
regenerative drives will increase motor perfor- NRG05 3.13 [80] Wiring diagrams can be found on page 67.
mance while reducing your energy costs. MOSFET NRG10 3.62 [92]
power in PWM drives switch at 16kHz (double edge FEATURES
modulation), to provide fast circuit response and
the constant 1.05 (pure DC is 1.00) form factor • 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
throughout the entire 100:1 speed range. quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly. Change the 4Q to a 2Q for a
lower cost regenerative stopping (no reversing) model.
The NRG-4Q will work with logic signals, motion • Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
controllers, and programmable logic controllers. a 100:1 speed range. 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 100:1 speed
It is also compatible with Minarik Drives’ popular range with the tachogenerator feedback. 1.05 form factor over the entire
200-0386A limit switch logic board (page 43). range.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum
See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- Speed, Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Torque, Regen Torque, IR Compen-
sation, Forward Acceleration, Reverse Acceleration, Tachogenerator Feed-
ferent 4Q drives.
back, Inhibit Offset and Input Offset.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for motoring, regen (torque or braking), current limit
and overvoltage coast.
• Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake
(N.O. or N.C.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O. or N.C.).
• Outputs: Signals proportional to motor voltage, motor current, and to signal
the drive is in current limit.
• Inhibit personality switch: Choose whether you brake or coast to a stop.
Use inhibit plug (201-0024).
NRG02-D240AC-4Q NRG02-D240AC-4Q-PCM • Auto-ranging power supply: Can accept a 90-240 VAC or 80-340 VDC as
NRG05-D240AC-4Q NRG05-D240AC-4Q-PCM
NRG10-115AC-4Q NRG10-115AC-4Q-PCM an alternative to an AC input. Connection will vary.
• RoHS: All NRG-4Q series models are RoHS compliant.

20 • NRG-4Q SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Motors
Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Reversing Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90/130 VDC 180/240 VDC Enclosure Isolation Supply
*****
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)

115 0-130 / 0-240 0-5 or 0-10 VDC


MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM 3 1/10 - 1/3 1/6 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – – – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

115 0-130 / 0-240 0-5 or 0-10 VDC D


MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – – – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

***** Applications that require braking and/or reversing of high inertia loads require a Regenerative Dumping resistor. Refer to the user’s manual for resistor sizing.
***** See the Accessories section for resistor part numbers (Pg 48) or ask about our exisitng dump resistor and heat sink setup with the same footprint as the MDPM05.

MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM DIMENSIONS
The MDPM series is Minarik Drives’ response to
the growing demand for custom drives specific to
6.00 [152]
an OEM’s application. We’ve designed a micro-
5.25 [133]
processor-based regenerative PWM platform that
.193 [5] 3.00 [76]
.75 [19]
will run brushed, brushless and AC motors. The
MDPM series is the DC brushed version of this
platform, with the MDBL and MDVF as the compli-
ments.
L1
L2/230

4.255 [108]
The benefit of a single platform is that it allows
L2/115

3.870 [98] for quick customization with most of the changes


U

occuring in the microprocessor’s programming.


POWER
V

FAULT
1

ON
2

J502
With circuit boards and components being utilized
W
TB502

J503

across multiple platforms, the economies of scale


1 2 3
JMP501

allow us to pass the savings on to you.

The MDPM contains a unique feature to the DC


Height: 2.25 [58]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
brushed world, the “doubler mode”, something only
found in the AC world. It can operate in three power
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 58.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 67. modes; 115 in - 130 out, 230 in - 240 out, 115 in
- 240 out. The configuration is done through mak-
ing the AC line connections to different terminals
FEATURES on the drive, eliminating the need for switches and
jumpers. PWM drives are also preferred over SCR
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 quadrant drives have the ability to perform
drives when running a 90/130 VDC motor off a 230
quick and contactorless reversing on-the-fly.
VAC line, making this drive a one-stop solution for
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
OEMs who manufacture for different line voltages
a 100:1 speed range and a 1.05 form factor over the entire range.
or use a wide range of motors.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum
Speed, Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Torque, Regen Torque, IR Compen-
The MDPM also has the circuitry required for the
sation, Forward Acceleration and Reverse Acceleration.
hookup of an external dump resistor, eliminating
• Diagnostic LEDs: LED for power and status (undervoltage, overvoltage,
the need for a seperate dynamic braking module.
short circuit / current trip, heating warning / trip).
• Thermally protects: Drive recognizes when overheated as a result of frequent
See page 52 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
overload. It first flashes a wanring code on the status LED and will eventually
ferent 4Q drives.
trip if the condition persists.
• Stopping modes: User can decelerate (N.O.), regeneratively brake
(N.O. or N.C.) or coast the motor to a stop (N.O. or N.C.).
• Dump circuitry: Internal circuitry for the hookup of an external dump resis-
tor.
• Quadrature encoder option: For OEM applications, the drive can be
programmed to follow quadrature encoder feedback without any circuitry
changes.
• Auto-ranging power supply: Can accept a 90-240 VAC or 80-340 VDC as
an alternative to an AC input. Connection will vary. MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM
• RoHS: All MDPM series models are RoHS compliant.

• MDPM SERIES 21
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
AC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output UL CE
Input 7 Sec. HP Rating HP Rating
Voltage Cont. Reversing Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Peak @ 12 VDC @ 24 VDC Enclosure Isolation
Range Current *****
(VAC) Current Output Output
(VDC)
0-12 1.5 2 0-5 VDC
HTL1.5-D-4Q 115 or 230 1/100 - 1/50 1/50 - 1/25 CHASSIS YES – – –
0-24 3 4 0-10 VDC

0-12 0-5 VDC


HTL05-D-4Q 115 or 230 5 7.5 1/50 - 1/20 1/25 - 1/8 CHASSIS YES YES – –
0-24 0-10 VDC
E ***** Applications that require braking and/or reversing of high inertia loads require regenerative dumping circuit, part number HTL-DB.

HTL05-D-4Q DIMENSIONS
The HTL Series is an all in one solution to control a
12 or 24 VDC motor when only 115 or 230 VAC is
available. The HTL05-D-4Q design combines an AC
to DC switching power supply with a PWM DC drive,
allowing exceptional control of a low voltage motor
A1 A2
1.618 [41]
with a high voltage supply. + BUS

The HTL Series allows for braking and reversing on J501


230 VAC

the fly with a simple input to the drive. The drive 115 VAC

4.818 [122]
has built-in isolation so interfacing to PLC is simpli- L2

fied. This drive also works great for limit switch and - BUS 2.45 [62]
L1 J503

actuator applications because it has independent


1
POWER 2
J502 3
J504
CURR LIMIT

inhibits. Add an “-L” suffix for a version of the HTL 24V 12V 1
2
3
FWD REV FWD REV

Series that will work with linear actuators containing


J505
FWD REV MAX MAX CURR CURR IR MIN
SPEED SPEED LIMIT LIMIT COMP SPEED 1
ACCEL ACCEL
2
3

pot feedback for positioning applications. 0.75 [19]

5.63 [143] 0.25 [6]


The microprocessor on this drive allows the HTL Se-
ries to be extremely flexible for OEM applications.
Height: 2.00 [51]
Custom applications or routines can be programmed All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
into the HTL Series to meet your OEM needs. The
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 58.
drive contains LEDs for power and current limit sta- Wiring diagrams can be found on page 67.
tus along with calibration trimpots that can be cus-
tomized at our factory for an OEM application. FEATURES

Choose the HTL Series for applications utilizing • True low voltage output: Allows use of 115 or 230 VAC supply voltage on
12 or 24 VDC motors that need to be powered from 12 or 24 VDC motors.
115 or 230 VAC. • 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly!
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- • Isolation: Easy interface to a PLC (0-5 or 0-10 VDC).
ferent low voltage drives. • User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum
Speed, Reverse Maximum Speed, Forward Current Limit, Reverse Current
Limit, IR Compensation, Forward Acceleration and Reverse Acceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LEDs for power and current limit status.
HTL05-D-4Q • Stopping modes: Forward inhibit and reverse inhibit can be set for N.O. or
N.C. to brake to a stop.
• Spade and screw terminals: Spade terminals for power connections and
screw terminals for logic connections.
• All in one package: Switching power supply and DC drive in one package.
• Microprocessor based: Allows for special calibration ranges or custom I/O
for OEMs. Standard units allow for unidirectional or bidirectional control with
a unidirectional signal.
HTL1.5-D-4Q • -A Option: Allows the drive to work with limit switch for cycling applications.
• -L Option: Allows the drive to work with actuators containing a linear pot.
• -T Option: Allows for Torque mode control.
• COMING SOON: HTL10 & ask about 36/48 VDC options.
• RoHS: All HTL series models are RoHS compliant.

22 • HTL SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
AC or DC Input, 1Q PWM

UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ Field
Reversing Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 24 VDC Enclosure Isolation Supply
*****
Range (VDC)* Current Output (VDC)

LV01-24AC-E10U 8 - 24 VAC 0 - 22 VDC 1 1/100 - 1/50 CHASSIS – – – YES – –

LV02-24AC 8 - 24 VAC 0 - 22 VDC 2 1/50 - 1/25 CHASSIS – – – YES – –

LV02-24DC 10 - 36 VDC 0 - 22 VDC 2 1/50 - 1/25 CHASSIS – – – YES – –

***** Maximum output voltage is 91% of equivalent DC input voltage. Ratings shown are for 24 VAC or 24 VDC.
***** See regenerative drives in Section G for Low Voltage drives that can reverse on-the-fly.
F
LV02-24AC & LV02-24DC DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ LV Family of variable speed drives
provide exceptional performance for your fraction-
al horsepower, low voltage DC motor (12 and 24
BR501 IC 5 0 1
VDC). These compact, low cost drives are designed
+ ~ ~ -
D501 A1 to provide 1% speed regulation throughout a 100:1
L1

C501 A2
speed range.
L2

D C + IN
R501
Packaged in a compact footprint, these user friendly
3.58 [91]
D C - IN
R502
0.19 [5] drives are available with AC or DC input voltage.
The auto ranging unipolar power supply allows stan-
1.75 [44]
dard LV drives to accept inputs from any AC voltage
C501 (ALTERNATE)

M IN S P D IR C O M P

S1 source ranging from 8 to 24VAC, or DC voltage be-


S2 tween 10 to 36 VDC.
C503
C502
S3

The PWM circuitry in the LV drives result in a 1.05


0.74 [19] 0.64 [16] form factor over the entire speed range when an
MAX SPD T Q L IM IT

AC power input is provided. With a DC input these


3.80 [97] drives have an almost perfect DC form factor of
4.30 [109] 1.01.
Height: 1.40 [36]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] The LV Family is ideal for cost sensitive variable
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 59. speed applications requiring outstanding perfor-
Wiring diagrams can be found on page68. mance, and cooler, quieter motor operation from
low voltage DC motors.

FEATURES Review the HTL Series (pg. 22) for applications that
require a 115 VAC or 230 VAC input to run a low
• MM footprint: A compact industry standard footprint. voltage motor.
• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 and 24 VDC motors.
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
a 100:1 speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range. ferent low voltage drives.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed,
Current limit and IR Compensation.
• Spade terminals: Easy to use, lower cost and able to fit in a smaller package.
• 16kHz switching frequency: A high switching frequency means a quiet mo-
tor!
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and /or variable
LV02-24AC
speed even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of equip-
ment.
• Additional features: AC or DC input choices and near unity form factor LV01-24AC-E10U
throughout the speed range.
• RoHS: All LV series models are RoHS compliant.

LV02-24DC

• LV SERIES 23
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 1Q PWM

Input Output 1 Min UL CE


Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Voltage Range Peak Reversing Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature 12 VDC 24 VDC Enclosure Supply
Range (VDC) Armature *****
Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) **** Current

DC1.5-12 8 - 16 12 1 1.5 1/100 - 1/60 – CHASSIS – – – – –

DC2.0-12 8 - 16 12 1 2 1/100 - 1/45 – CHASSIS – – – – –

DC1.5-24 16 - 32 24 1 1.5 – 1/50 - 1/30 CHASSIS – – – – –

F Up to 95%
DC6-12/24 12 / 24 6 – 1/100 - 1/30 1/50 - 1/15 CHASSIS – – – – –
of input

***** The maximim output voltage is equal to the input voltage - 1 VDC. The reverse polatiry diode protection can be removed so maximum output voltage equals the input voltage.
***** See DC30-4Q Series (page 27) for a PWM low voltage regenerative drive that can reverse on-the-fly.

DC1.5-12, DC1.5-24 & DC2.0-12 DIMENSIONS


Minarik Drives’ new micro-based micro-sized drives
are changing the way OEMs look at small low volt-
age DC motor and drive applications. These incredi-
0.68 [ 17 ]
bly small microprocessor based drives provides both
speed control and current limit at a low cost. 0.13 [ 3 ]

OEMs are implementing these drives in applications


that did not traditionally use a drive. Many small 0.15 [ 4 ] Ø
low voltage DC motors are run directly off a power
supply or battery. This method does not provide effi- 1.35 [ 34 ]

B+
A2
A1
B-
cient speed control or reasonable current limit, two
critical items that are achieved by this new line of
SPEED
drives. The drive pays for itself when it protects the
motor just once from burning up because of a jam.
CUR LIM 0.13 [ 3 ]
IR comp can be customized for OEMs to allow for
much better speed control and regulation compared
to systems not using a drive. 1.35 [ 34 ]

Height: 1.00 [25]


The drives contain Speed and Current Limit trim All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
pots on the board. These units can also control
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 59.
speed with a remote pot by ordering the drive with
the onboard speed pot removed and replaced with
a header. A diode is included on the drive to protect
against damage from hooking the drive up to a bat- FEATURES
tery or power supply backwards.
• Compact footprint: Fits in places where you never thought a drive could.
The small size and low cost of these drives make Custom round PCB’s are available to mount directly on the back of a motor.
them a great choice for OEMs using small geared • Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 and 24 VDC motors.
and non-geared DC motors. Review the HTL Series
• User adjustable calibration pots: Speed and Current Limit.
(page 22) for applications that require a 115 or
• Current Limit: Limits the torque so gears are not stripped in an overload
230 VAC input.
situation.
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- • Cage clamp terminal block: Quick and easy wire terminations reduce instal-
ferent low voltage drives. lation time.
• Microprocessor based design: Allows quick turnaround for custom units.
• Reverse polarity protection: The drive is not damaged when connected to
the battery or power supply backwards.
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and/or variable
speed control even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of
equipment.
• -0964: Spec models ending in -0964 allow for the connection of a remote
speed potentiometer, replacing the SPEED trim pot on the board.
DC6-12/24 DC1.5-12
DC1.5-24
• RoHS: Models DC1.5-12, DC1.5-24, DC2.0-12 and DC6-12/24 are RoHS
DC2.0-12 compliant.

24 • DC1.5, DC2.0 & DC6 SERIES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 1Q PWM

Input Output 1 Min Field UL CE


Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Voltage Peak Reversing Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature Low VDC High VDC Enclosure
Range Range Armature ***** (VDC)
Current Output Output
(VDC) (VDC) Current ****
Up to 95%
DC16-12/24 10 - 32 16 – 1/20 - 1/5 1/10 - 2/5 CHASSIS – – YES – –
of input

Up to 95%
DC60-12/24 10 - 32 60 – 1/8 - 3/4 1/4 - 1 1/2 CHASSIS – – YES – –
of input

Up to 95%
DC60-36/48 32 - 50 60 – 1/2 - 2 1/4 1/2 -3 CHASSIS – – YES – –
of input
F
***** See regenerative drives in Section D for PWM drives that can reverse on-the-fly.

DC16-12/24 DIMENSIONS
The DC-DC Family are DC in / DC out PWM chas-
sis drives. These feature rich drives include inhibit
for remote starting and stopping, a power LED, and
0.19 trimmer pot adjustments for minimum speed, maxi-
[5] Q503 Q501 Q504 Q502 mum speed, acceleration, IR comp, and current

-VDC INPUT
limit. All trimmer pots are non-interactive making
4.44 [113] C501
+VDC INPUT
calibration quick and easy.
C504

3.70 [94]
A2

The DC-DC Family is available in three sizes: 16A


S1 1 2 3
0.70 [18] and 60A units for 12 or 24 VDC motors and a 60A
A1

JP501 IL501
S2 POWER L501
TB501
S3
SO501
MIN SPD ACCEL MAX SPD IR COMP CUR LIMIT unit for 36 or 48 VDC motors. Perfect for use with
battery-powered equipment, the DC-DC Family
C506

INHIBIT R502 C505

is able to maintain variable speed control as the


0.50 [13] battery discharges. This results in an increase in
6.88 [175]
running time of battery-operated equipment. The
Height: 1.00 [25] DC-DC Family is ideal for many types of portable
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] equipment.
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 59.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 68. The UL approved DC-DC Family comes with an ex-
truded chassis for better heat sink transfer to the
heatsink, more bus capacitance to handle ripple
currents, and an oversized terminal block that can
FEATURES handle high currents. With 1% speed regulation over
an 80:1 speed range, the DC-DC Family is the per-
• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12, 24, 36 and 48 VDC motors. fect solution for low voltage, DC-to-DC applications!
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% regulation with a 80:1 speed
range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range. See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed, ferent low voltage drives.
Current Limit, IR Compensation and Acceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power.
• Stopping modes: Inhibit (N.O.) for coasting to a stop.
• Spade terminals and screw terminal block: Quick and easy connections.
• DC input voltage: Accepts DC input and outputs DC voltage up to 95% of the
input with near perfect form factor.
DC16-12/24
• One drive for two motor voltages: On board jumper to select 12 or 24VDC
motor (36 or 48VDC on some models).
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and/or variable
speed control even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of
equipment.
• Accessories: 201-0024 inhibit plug with 18” leads.
• RoHS: All DC16 and DC60 series models are RoHS compliant.

DC60-12/24
DC60-36/48

• DC16 & DC60 SERIES 25


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 1 Min UL CE
Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Peak Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 12 VDC 24 VDC Enclosure Reversing Supply
Range Armature
(VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Up to 95%
DC6-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 3 6 1/100 - 1/30 1/50 - 1/15 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

Up to 95%
DC20-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 10 20 1/75 - 1/9 1/40 - 1/4 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

DC6-12/24-4Q & DC20-12/24-4Q DIMENSIONS


The DC6-12/24-4Q and the DC20-12/24-4Q are
4Q PWM drives. These drives are microprocessor
.51
G based making them great candidates for OEMs who
[13] 3.73 [ 95 ]
need something custom, whether it be in speed
control, torque control, positioning control, or even
cycling.

These drives have calibration capabilities of Motor

2.78 [ 71 ]

1.73 [ 44 ]
Current Limit, Regen Current Limit, Accel, Decel,
IR Comp, Min Speed, Forward Max Speed, and
Reverse Max Speed. With the microprocessor on .143 [4] Ø
board, these trim pot settings can even be set in
the drive, removing the trim pots completely and
giving a manufacturer the peace-of-mind that it
[13.5]
.525

cannot be tampered with in the field.

4.75 [ 121 ]
The DC6-12/24-4Q and the DC20-12/24-4Q share
the same footprint and size as the HTL1.5-D-4Q Height: 1.40 [35]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
(page 22), meaning manufacturers who use a
range of power supply and motor sizes have the Wiring diagrams can be found on page 68.

versatility of three different drives without having


to change their system. The DC6 even has some of
the same features as the HTL, including the ability
to follow a 0-5 or 0-10 VDC signal and the ability to
bidirectionally control a motor with a unidirectional FEATURES
signal.
• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 or 24 VDC motors.
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- • 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
ferent low voltage drives. quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly!
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 80:1 speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum Speed,
Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Current Limit, Regen Current Limit, Accel-
eration, Deceleration, IR Comp.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, current limit, over voltage, under voltage, and over-
heat foldback.
• Stopping modes: Brake or coast to a stop.
DC6-12/24-4Q
• Microprocessor based: Allows for special calibration ranges or custom I/O
for OEMs. DC6-12/24-4Q allows for unidirectional or bidirectional control
with a unidirectional signal. Ask about custom programming for positioning,
cycling, and torque control applications.
• High efficiency: Outputs up to 95% of the input voltage.
• RoHS: All DC6-4Q and DC20-4Q series models are RoHS compliant.

DC20-12/24-4Q

26 • DC6-4Q & DC20-4Q SERIES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 1 Min UL CE
Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Peak Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 12 VDC 24 VDC Enclosure Reversing Supply
Range Armature
(VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Up to 95%
DC30-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 15 30 1/50 - 1/6 1/25 - 1/3 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

DC30-12/24-4Q DIMENSIONS
The DC30 is a PWM regenerative (four quadrant)
drive, meaning it can reverse and/or brake on the fly
without bulky contactors and resistors. The drives
put regenerated power from the motor back to the
0.19 [5]
battery supply, thus extending battery life. G
3.00 [76]
These drives have calibration capabilities of Motor
2.64 [67]
REGEN IR MIN
Current Limit, Regen Current Limit, Accel, Decel, IR
FWD REV MOTOR
SPEED

Comp, Min Speed, Forward Max Speed, and Re-


ACCEL DECEL SPEED SPEED CL CL COMP
1.75 [44]

verse Max Speed.


0.24 [6]
The DC30 is a microprocessor based drive like all
of our new low voltage controls. Our microproces-
3.80 [97]
sor based drives are very OEM friendly. Many of our
4.30 [109] customers have eliminated the need for a PLC and/
or sensors in their system by utilizing the flexible
Height: 1.50 [38]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] I/O of the DC30. Minarik Drives caters to OEMs
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 69.
who need something tweaked or modified, unlike
the other major low voltage drive manufacturers.
Contact Minarik Drives with your custom needs and
ideas.

See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-


FEATURES
ferent low voltage drives.
• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 or 24 VDC motors.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly!
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 100:1 speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum Speed,
Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Current Limit, Regen Current Limit, Accel-
eration, Deceleration, IR Comp.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, current limit, over voltage, under voltage, and over-
heat foldback.
• Brake Output: Applies a voltage out to a brake coil when the drive is disabled
or stopped.
• Stopping modes: Brake or coast to a stop.
• Microprocessor based: Allows for special calibration ranges or custom I/O
for OEMs.
• -L Option: Allows the drive to work with actuators containing a linear pot.
• -W Option: Allows for bidirectional control with a unidirectional signal.
• High efficiency: Outputs up to 95% of the input voltage.
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and/or variable
speed even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of equip-
ment.
• RoHS: All DC30-12/24-4Q series models are RoHS compliant.

DC30-12/24-4Q

• DC30-4Q SERIES 27
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 1 Min UL CE
Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Peak Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 12 or 36 VDC 24 or 48 VDC Enclosure Reversing Supply
Range Armature
(VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Up to 100%
DC60-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 30 60 1/25 - 1/3 1/12 - 2/3 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

Up to 100%
DC60-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 30 60 1/12 - 2/3 1/6 - 1 1/3 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

DC60-12/24-4Q & DC60-36/48-4Q DIMENSIONS


The DC60-4Q is Minarik Drives’ latest addition to
the DC-DC family.
G 5.38 [137]
The DC60-12/24-4Q is a microprocessor based 0.28 [7] 4.82 [122]
drive like all of our 4Q low voltage drives. This fea-
ture allows us to create unique features you won’t
A1
find on most drives. For example, the DC60-4Q se-

IR COMP
CUR LIM/
FAULT
ries has built in short circuit protection, to prevent

PWR

REGEN
TQ LIM TQ LIM
damage to the drive in the condition of a short on +BAT
3.50 [89] 0.19 [5]
the motor connections. In addition to all the same

MAX
REV

SPD
benefits as the other drives, the DC60-4Q has a

MAX
1.75 [44]

DEC MIN SPD SPD


-BAT
wireless option that allows you to remotely control
the drive or even change parameters with a custom

ACC
remote. See page 44 for more details.
0.87 [22] A2

See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-


ferent low voltage drives.
Height: 1.56 [40]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

Wiring diagrams can be found on page 69.

FEATURES

• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12 or 24 VDC motors.


• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly!
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 80:1 speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range.
• User adjustable calibration: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum Speed,
Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Current Limit, Regen Current Limit, Accel-
eration, Deceleration, IR Comp.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, current limit, over voltage, under voltage, and over-
heat foldback.
• Brake Output: Applies a voltage out to a brake coil when the drive is disabled
or stopped.
• Stopping modes: Brake or coast to a stop.
• 100% Duty Cycle: Drive has capability of outputting 100% of battery voltage.
• Microprocessor based: Allows for special calibration ranges or custom I/O
for OEMs. Ask about custom programming for positioning, cycling, and torque
control applications.
• High efficiency: Outputs up to 100% of the input voltage.
• RoHS: All DC6-4Q and DC20-4Q series models are RoHS compliant.

DC60-12/24-4Q
DC60-36/48-4Q

28 • DC60-4Q SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 1 Min UL CE
Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Peak Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 12 or 36 VDC 24 or 48 VDC Enclosure Reversing Supply
Range Armature
(VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Up to 100%
DC120-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 60 120 1/12 - 2/3 1/6 - 1 1/2 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

Up to 100%
DC250-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 120* 250 1/6 - 1 1/2 1/3 - 3 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input
6.90 [175.26]
Up to 100%
DC240-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 100** 240 1/2 - 3 3/5 1 - 7 1/5 CHASSIS YES – – – –
of input

* Derate by 15% when mounted horizontally.

2.50 [63.5]
** Derate by1.00
20%[25.4]
when mounted horizontally.
G
DC240-36/48-4Q & DC250-12/24-4Q DIMENSIONS
The DC-4Q series of drives are DC in / DC out PWM
0.13 [3.30]
6.30 [175.26] chassis drives capable of four quadrant reversing
5.90 [149.86] and braking. This series of drives is ideal for por-
table battery powered equipment. The DC-4Q has
a sleep mode for extended battery life while not
in use. The four quadrant capability allows simple
PWR FLT CODE
4.40 [111.76] connections for fast reversing and/or braking with-

5.00 [127.00]
out the need for bulky contactors or braking resis-
3.70 [93.98]
tors.
IR COMP MOTOR REGEN FWD REV MIN SP DECEL ACCEL
CL CL MAX SP MAX SP

The DC-4Q series of drives have adjustments for


0.70 [17.78]
IR Compensation, Motoring Current Limit, Regen-
Height: 2.50 [64] erative Current Limit, Forward Max Speed, Reverse
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
Max Speed, Min Speed, Deceleration and Acceler-
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 59. ation Time. These drives are microprocessor based
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 69.
meaning these ranges can be reprogrammed to
FEATURES
meet any custom needs. The DC-4Q Family also
has Power and Fault LEDs, including current limit,
• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 12, 24, 36, and 48 VDC mo-
under voltage, over voltage, overheat, and short
tors.
circuit.
• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly! Change the 4Q
The DC-4Q series is available in three models, two
to a 2Q for a lower cost regenerative stopping (no reversing) model.
for 12-24 VDC systems, the other is designed for
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
36-48 VDC systems. For simplicity and safety, no
a 100:1 (80:1 for DC120) speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire
jumpers or switches are required for selecting volt-
range.
ages.
• High continuous current: Up to 60, 100, or 120 amps continuous, robust
bus bars used to handle the current. Adding fans for sufficient airflow can
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
increase the current rating by more than 25%.
ferent low voltage drives.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum
Speed, Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Current Limit, Regen Current Limit,
IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, current limit, under voltage, over voltage, overheat
and short circuit.
• Stopping modes: Brake (N.O.) or coast (N.O.) to a stop.
• 100% Duty Cycle: Drive has capability of outputting 100% of battery voltage.
• Short circuit protection: Unit protects itself against a shorted motor.
• Sleep mode: Drive enters sleep mode when disabled to extend battery life.
• Temperature sensor: Current limit automatically reduced if controller heats
up.
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and/or variable
speed even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of equip-
DC120-12/24-4Q DC250-12/24-4Q
ment. DC240-36/48-4Q
• RoHS: All DC120, DC240 and DC250 series models are RoHS compliant.

• DC120-4Q, DC240-4Q & DC250-4Q SERIES 29


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Seperately Excited Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 2 Min Field UL CE


Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Peak Enclosure Supply Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 36 VDC 48 VDC Reversing
Range Armature *** (VDC)
(VDC) Current Output Output
(VDC) Current ****
Up to 100%
DC500N-4Q-36/48 36 / 48 200 500 1 1/2 - 7 1/2 2 - 10 NEMA 1 YES YES – – –
of input

**** NEMA rating not certified by UL.


**** The field supply is rated at 50 amps for 2 minutes or 15 amps for continuous operation.

DC500N-4Q-36/48 DIMENSIONS
The DC500N PWM DC drive was developed and
designed for battery operated electric vehicles
with separately excited DC motors but can be con-
G 9.00 [229]

figured to control series wound motors for OEMs.


8.63 [219]
The DC500N replaces the original DC500. The 0.33 [8]
0.37 [9]
DC500N has a new and improved water tight con-
nector.

DC500N has many safety features for integration


into electric vehicles including runaway and rolla-
way protection, battery under-voltage control, and
6.57 [167]
protection from overheating. 6.90 [175]
14300 De La Tour Drive
South Beloit, IL 61080

The DC500N drive detects when battery voltage www.minarikdrives.com

drops too low, and will gradually boost the field


current to compensate. This provides torque to get
back to the charging station.

The DC500N drive heatsink has a temperature sen-


sor that at 60°C triggers a warning signal along with Height: 4.75 [121]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
gradual automatic field current boosting and arma-
ture current cutbacks to help keep the drive below Wiring diagrams can be found on page 70.

the shut down temperature of 85°C.

Configurable safety parameters, such as speed lim-


it, throttle voltage range, current limit and braking
amount are set via any terminal program on a Win-
FEATURES
dows based PC. Connection to the DC500N drive is
via a standard DB9 female-male serial cable. • Designed for battery-powered vehicles: Industrial or recreational.
• PC programmable parameters: Speed limit, current limit, throttle high and
Packed with all the necessary features, the low voltages, braking amount.
DC500N drive is the perfect solution for high-per- • Diagnostic: Fault detection with flashing LED signalization.
formance industrial or recreational battery oper- • Safety features: Protection from high-speed runaway, rollaway, overheat-
ated vehicle motor control. ing and main contactor arcing. Under-voltage control, low power direction,
switching, and back-up alarm signals.
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif- • User outputs: Hour meter signal for time-in-use measuring. Isolated fre-
ferent low voltage drives. quency output for speedometer.
• User inputs: Engage “hill” mode for more torque and less speed. Cruise
Control (on special models only).
• Stopping Modes: Regenerative braking. Regen energy stored to extend bat-
tery charge range.
• Plug in connector: Easy wire up. Locking feature keeps connection secure.

DC500N-4Q-36/48

30 • DC500N-4Q-36/48 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for DC Brushed Low Voltage Motors
DC Input, Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

Output 40 Sec. UL CE
Input Cont. HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Field
Voltage Peak Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 36 VDC 48 VDC Enclosure Reversing Supply
Range Armature
(VDC) Current Output Output (VDC)
(VDC) Current
Up to 100%
DC1000-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 350 1000 3 - 15 4 - 20 CHASSIS YES NO – – –
of input

DC1000-36/48-4Q DIMENSIONS
The DC1000 series of drives is ideal for portable
battery powered equipment. The DC1000-36/48-
.187 [5] 4Q has a sleep mode for extended battery life
.250 [6]
while not in use. The four quadrant capability al-
lows simple connections for fast reversing and/or G
braking without the need for bulky contactors or
braking resistors.
8.869 [225]
8.495 [216]

The DC1000-36/48-4Q is rated for 1000 amps at


up to 48 VDC for 40 seconds, up to 40°C, or for 1
minute up to 25°C, making this series ideal for the
applications where you momentarily need a huge
burst of power.

2.0 2.0 This series is microprocessor based meaning these


[51] 7.500 [191] [51] ranges can be reprogrammed to meet any custom
12.750 [324] needs. The DC1000-36/48-4Q series also has
Height: 4.525 [115] Power and Fault LEDs, including current limit, under
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] voltage, over voltage, overheat, and short circuit.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 70.
See page 53 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
FEATURES ferent low voltage drives.

• Low voltage motor operation: Designed for 36 and 48 VDC motors.


• 4Q reversing: Regenerative / 4 Quadrant drives have the ability to perform
quick and contactorless braking and/or reversing on-the-fly!
• Speed range, regulation, & form factor: 1% of base speed regulation with
a 100:1 speed range and a 1.01 form factor over the entire range.
• High continuous current: Up to 350 amps continuous, robust bus bars
used to handle the current. Adding fans for sufficient airflow can increase the
current rating by more than 25%.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Forward Maximum
Speed, Reverse Maximum Speed, Motor Current Limit, Regen Current Limit,
IR Compensation, Acceleration and Deceleration.
• Diagnostic LEDs: Power, current limit, under voltage, over voltage, overheat
and short circuit.
• Stopping modes: Brake (N.O.) or coast (N.O.) to a stop.
• 100% Duty Cycle: Drive has capability of outputting 100% of battery voltage.
• Short circuit protection: Unit protects itself against a shorted motor.
• Sleep mode: Drive enters sleep mode when disabled to extend battery life.
• Temperature sensor: Current limit automatically reduced if controller heats
up.
• Ideal for battery powered equipment: Maintains both set and/or variable
speed even as battery voltage declines. Extends total running time of equip-
ment.
• RoHS: All DC1000-36/48-4Q series models are RoHS compliant.

DC1000-36/48-4Q

• DC1000-4Q SERIES 31
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for Brushless Motors
Microprocessor-based 4Q PWM

UL CE
Input Output Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Reversing Required Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Voltage Range Armature 90/130 VDC 180/240 VDC Enclosure Isolation
***** Feedback
(VAC) (VDC) Current Output Output

115 0-130 / 0-240 0 to ±10 VDC


MDBL03-D230-PCM 3 1/10 - 1/3 1/6 - 2/3 CHASSIS YES Hall Effect – – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

115 0-130 / 0-240 0 to ±10 VDC


MDBL05-D230-PCM 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES Hall Effect – – –
230 0-240 4-20 mA

MDBL03-D230-PCM DIMENSIONS
The MDBL series is Minarik Drives’ response to the
growing demand for custom drives specific to an
6.00 [152]
OEM’s application. We’ve designed a micro-pro-
H 5.25 [133]
cessor-based regenerative PWM platform that will
.193 [5] 3.00 [76]
run brushed, brushless and AC motors. The MDBL .75 [19]

series is the brushless version of this platform, with


the MDPM and MDVF as the compliments.

The benefit of a single platform is that it allows

L1
L2/230
for quick customization with most of the changes 4.255 [108]

L2/115
occuring in the microprocessor’s programming. 3.870 [98]
U

With circuit boards and components being utilized

POWER
V

FAULT
1

ON
2
across multiple platforms, the economies of scale J502
W
TB502

J503
allow us to pass the savings on to you.

1 2 3
JMP501
The MDBL can be configured to run in three power
modes; 115 VAC in and 130 VDC out, 115 VAC in
Height: 2.25 [58]
and 260 VDC out, and 230 VAC in and 260 VDC All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
out. The mode is determined by which terminals
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 58.
the AC line is connected to, eliminating the need to Wiring diagrams can be found on page 69.
set any switches or jumpers.

It comes with the ability to wire to a quadrature en-


coder which can be used for a tighter speed regula- FEATURES
tion or in place of the hall effect sensors.
• Familiar mounting pattern: Standard units available as a plate or heatsink,
but ask about mounting on a L-shaped chassis to retrofit obsolete brushless
drives.
• Doubler mode: Can double a 115 VAC line to a 230 VDC bus output.
• Speed range & regulation: 0.1% of base speed regulation with a 100:1
speed range.
• Diagnostic LEDs: LED for power and status (undervoltage, overvoltage,
short circuit / current trip, heating warning / trip).
• Thermally protected: Drive recognizes when overheated as a result of fre-
quent overload. It first flashes a wanring code on the status LED and will
eventually trip if the condition persists.
• Quadrature Encoder Feedback: Drive has connections for quadrature en-
coder which can be used for speed regulation or in place of hall effects.
• Auto-ranging power supply: Output voltage dependent on input voltage
and which terminals the input is connected to. No switches or jumpers need
to be set.
• RoHS: All MDBL series models are RoHS compliant.

MDBL05-D230-PCM MDBL03-D230-PCM

32 • MDBL SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Microprocessor-based Triac

Input Output Typical Motor Typical Motor UL CE


Max.
Voltage Voltage Range HP Rating @ HP Rating @ Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature Enclosure Reversing Isolation
@ 50/60 Hz @ 60 Hz 115 VAC 230 VDC
Current
(VAC) (VAC) Output Output

TA10-D 115 / 230 0-115 / 0-230 10 1/2 1 CHASSIS – – – – –

TA10-D DIMENSIONS
The TA10-D drive delivers the features and benefits
of a microprocessor based drive, and the low cost
of a triac control. This control is perfect to control
0.55 [13.97]
speed of a single phase AC motor. Do not use a
M2
+ + TA10-D on three phase motors.
M1

+ FDBK
SCALE
J502
The industrial strength TA10-D has a continuous

FBK
+
1.75 [44.45] L2
3 2 1 2.64 [67.06] current rating of 10 Amps at 115 VAC or 230 VAC.
I

COM
C502

+
TB503
Other common triac drives are unable to maintain

TH1 TH2
+
a steady voltage (speed) to the motor as the AC
+
L1 MIN MAX
TB502 line voltage sags or swells. However, the internal
+ + TB501
+ + + + + + +
closed loop circuit on the TA10-D drive compen-
J501
0.34 [8.64] S1 S2 S3 INH COM

sates for changing AC line voltages while maintain-


4.30 [109.22]
ing a steady voltage to the motor.
Height: 1.41 [36]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
The Minarik Drives’ TA10-D drive takes advantage
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 69. of single phase motor characteristics to provide ap-
proximately constant pressure in filtered fan appli-
cations. As the filter becomes clogged, the motor
will speed up to maintain airflow.

The TA10-D is also capable of accepting a feed-


back signal. This feature is most commonly found
in exhaust systems where a thermistor is used for
feedback to maintain a set temperature. The drive
FEATURES can also take a set point voltage signal to create a
PI closed loop system.
• Size: Small footprint uses minimal panel space.
• Microprocessor based: Allows custom programming for OEMs. The TA10-D controls single phase permanent split
• Autoranging input: No voltage switches to set. capacitor (PSC), shaded pole, synchronous and
• AC line voltage compensation: Holds a steady output voltage even if the universal motors.
input voltage fluctuates.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed, and See page 54 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
optional feedback calibrating. ferent AC drives.
• Variety of motors: Single phase Permanent Split Capacitor (PSC), Shaded
Pole, Synchronous and universal motors.
• Do not use with: Single Phase Capacitor Start, Split Phase or any other
single phase motors that use a centrifugal switch in the start winding.
• Feedback: Optional PI closed loop control or thermistor feedback.
• Low cost: Triac drives are a cost effective alternative to a traditional VFD.
• RoHS: All TA10-D series models are RoHS compliant.

TA10-D

• TA10-D SERIES 33
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
PWM Variable Frequency

Input Output UL CE
Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Voltage Isolation Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature 115 VAC 230 VDC Enclosure Reversing
@ 50/60 Hz Range ***
Current Output Output
(VAC) (VAC)

VFD02-115AC 115 0-115 2.4 1/16 - 1/4 – CHASSIS YES – YES – –

VFD02-230AC 230 0-230 2.4 – 1/8 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – YES – –

VFD02-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 2.4 – 1/8 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – YES – –

VFD04-115AC 115 0-115 4 1/8 - 1/2 – CHASSIS YES – YES – –

VFD04-230AC 230 0-230 4 – 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – YES – –

VFD04-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 4 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – YES – –

*** To add isolation use field installable kit part number 200-0422. The 200-0422 can accept a 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4-20 mA signal.

J VFD02-115AC & VFD02-230AC DIMENSIONS


The Volts/Hertz VFD Series has several models in
the 1/16 - 1 HP range that accept 115 VAC and 4.30 [109]
230 VAC power. Dual input voltage “D” versions 3.80 [97]
have a jumper that causes the drive to output dou-
ble the voltage, allowing the use of 230 VAC mo-
tors when only a 115 VAC power is available. The
VFD Series was designed to “look and feel” like a U V W

DC drive. This means quick and easy setup with no TB501

programming required. DECEL


TQ
BOOST

ACCEL
3.70 [94] TQ LIMIT

With its compact size, standard features, and ap- FAULT

J503
MAX
2.72 [69] J501 JMP501

plication flexibility, the VFD Series is an excellent


POWER

choice for most 1 HP and under AC applications. IC502


AC AC -

The VFD Series can also run single phase perma- C510 L2
0.97 [25]

J502
nent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole, and syn- L1
chronous motors.
Height: 1.60 [41]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
See page 54 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on pages 59 and 60.
ferent AC drives.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 71.
FEATURES

• Compact size: Same bolt pattern as MM footprint industry standard mount-


ing hole pattern.
• “D” models can double the output voltage: Enables the use of a 230 VAC
single or three phase motor with a 115 VAC single-phase supply. Do not use
115 VAC motors on “D” models.
• Use with a variety of motors: Can be used with 3-phase induction and
VFD02-115AC VFD04-115AC
VFD02-230AC VFD04-230AC single-phase permanent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and synchronous
motors.
• Easy to calibrate & set-up: Maximum Speed, Current Limit, Boost, Accel-
eration and Deceleration.
• Torque ‘foldback’ feature: Allows up to 200% torque for short periods to
overcome intermittent peak loads, then reduces the torque to a (preset) safe
level.
• Optional isolation: Order a 200-0422 field installable isolation kit for isola-
tion of all inputs. The 200-0422 is a small daughter card that plugs into and
VFD02-D230AC VFD04-D230AC mounts on the top of the drive.
• RoHS: All VFD series models are RoHS compliant.

34 • VFD SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Microprocessor-based PWM Variable Frequency

Input Output UL CE
Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Voltage Isolation Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature 115 VAC 230 VDC Enclosure Reversing
@ 50/60 Hz Range ***
Current Output Output
(VAC) (VAC)

UPVFD02-115AC 115 0-115 2.4 1/16 - 1/4 – CHASSIS YES – – – –

UPVFD02-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 2.4 – 1/8 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – – – –

UPVFD04-115AC 115 0-115 4 1/8 - 1/2 – CHASSIS YES – – – –

UPVFD04-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 4 – 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – – – –

*** Built in isolation is not available on the UPVFD series. Minarik Drives recommends using the VFD series (Pg 34), VFD-PCM series (Pg 36), MDVF series (Pg 37), or the PCM4 (Pg 42).

UPVFD02-115AC & UPVFD02-D230AC DIMENSIONS


The UPVFD series is a microprocessor based vari-
able frequency drive. These drives look and act like
DC drives, meaning quick and easy setup without
any programming. -115AC models allow 115 VAC in J
radius
and 115 VAC out. -D230AC models allow 230 VAC
TB501 in and 230 VAC out, but are also equipped with a
DIR

S3 unique voltage doubling capability that allows you


to run a 230 VAC motor when only 115VAC single
S2
STATUS LEDS

S1

E1
phase power is available.
E2

U SW501
While the input is single phase, the output can be
single or three phase for all UPVFD series drives.
ON

MAX MIN
V MOTOR OUT

The drive’s internal carrier frequency can easily be


1 2 3 4
DECEL/
ACCEL DC BR
W
changed from 16kHz to 1.6kHz to minimize switch-
SLIP
COMP
BOOST TQ/LIM

ing losses or reduce electrical interference.

Stopping methods include coast to stop or DC


Height: 2.90 [74]
injection braking. Incorporated into the design is a
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
microprocessor which provides flexibility of creat-
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 60.
ing custom programs that can include specific user
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 71.
setting for OEM applications. These full featured
FEATURES and compact AC drives are the perfect choice to
run any 3 phase, and some single phase motors,
• Compact size: Same bolt pattern as MM footprint industry standard mount- rated at 4 amps or below.
ing hole pattern.
• “D” models can double the output voltage: Enables the use of a 230 VAC See page 54 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
single or three phase motor with a 115 VAC single-phase supply. Do not use ferent AC drives.
115 VAC motors on “D” models.
• Microprocessor based: Allows custom programming for OEMs.
• Use with a variety of motors: Can be used with 3-phase induction and
single-phase permanent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and synchronous
motors.
• Diagnostic LED: LED for power and status (undervoltage, overvoltage,
short circuit / current trip, heating warning / trip).
• Thermally protects: Drive recognizes when overheated as a result of frequent
overload. It first flashes a wanring code on the status LED and will eventually
trip if the condition persists.
• Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast to stop.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed, Cur-
rent Limit, Slip Compensation, Boost, Acceleration and Deceleration / DC
UPVFD02-115AC UPVFD04-115AC
Brake Injection. UPVFD02-D230AC UPVFD04-D230AC
• RoHS: All VFD series models are RoHS compliant.

• UPVFD SERIES 35
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
PWM Variable Frequency

Input Output UL CE
Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Voltage Listed CSA TUV
Drive Armature 115 VAC 230 VDC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
@ 50/60 Hz Range
Current Output Output
(VAC) (VAC)
0-5 or 0-10 VDC
VFDP4X04-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-230 4 – 1/6 - 1 NEMA 4X YES YES – –
4-20 mA

0-5 or 0-10 VDC


VFD05-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-230 5 – 3/8 - 1 1/2 CHASSIS YES YES – –
4-20 mA

0-5 or 0-10 VDC


VFDS4X05-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-230 5 – 3/8 - 1 1/2 NEMA 4X YES YES – –
4-20 mA

VFD05-D230-PCM DIMENSIONS
The Volts/Hertz, PWM, VFD-PCM Series have all
the features of the original VFD Series with sev- 7.20 [183]
6.35 [161]
eral enhancements. They include a rugged steel 0.850 [22]
or plastic NEMA 4X enclosure, an isolated front
end, minimum speed adjustment potentiometer
(pot), output voltage doubling, DC injection brak-
J ing, and automatic or manual restart when power

FU502

JMP501
C508
is restored. The VFD-PCM Series accepts refer-
115 VAC

JMP502

SCR502

SCR501

INSTALL JUMPER
FOR 115VAC
230 VAC

ence signals that are 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC or 4-20

BR501
L1

C502

C501
IL501 JMP503
FU5
mA without an additional isolation card. The DC

L2

JMP506
J501
5.63 [ 143 ]
R80

RESTART
UV TRIP
COAST
BRAKE
injection braking feature comes with two additional

Q11

D21
U

Q14
R89
R88

POWER FAULT
R76 C34

Q13
D18
C28 R75 C35

D20

ZERO
IC501
calibration potentiometers (Braking Current and

4mA
SET
IL501
D19

IL504
ENABLE
V R84

C501
C38

C503
C502
W

IL502
Braking Time) for easy set up. There is never a need

T501

TB501
C504

3 = 4 - 20 mA
2 = 0 - 10 VDC
1 = 0 - 5 VDC
RANGE SELECT
JMP505

2-3 = mA
1-2 = VDC
INPUT SELECT
JMP504
TB502

CURRENT

TORQUE
BRAKE

BOOST

DECEL

ACCEL
BRAKE

COMP

1 2 3
IL503

JMP505

JMP504
to program the VFD-PCM Series. The dual voltage
TIME

LIMIT

SLIP

MAX

MIN
VFD-PCM series has a “doubling” jumper that can
be set to output 230 VAC to the motor when only
115 VAC is available. Another jumper selectable
0.19 [ 5 ]
option is for choosing automatic or manual restart-
ing. The features, flexibility and compact size of the Height: 3.30 [84]
VFD-PCM Series make it the ideal choice for AC All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
motor applications under 1.5 HP in adverse sur- Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 60.
roundings. Wiring diagrams can be found on page 71.

FEATURES
See page 54 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-
ferent AC drives. • Enclosure Options: Chassis or NEMA 4X with steel or plastic.
• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals 0-10 VDC, 0-5 VDC
or 4-20 mA.
• Doubler mode: Enables the use of a 230 VAC single or three phase motor
with a 115 VAC single-phase supply. Do not use 115 VAC motors on these
models.
• Control a variety of motors: 3-phase induction motors, single-phase per-
manent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and synchronous motors.
• User adjustable calibration pots: Minimum Speed, Maximum Speed, Cur-
rent Limit, Slip Compensation, Boost, Acceleration, Deceleration, Zero Set,
Brake Current and Brake Time. No programming necessary.
VFD05-D230-PCM
• Diagnostic LED’s: Power, Fault, Enable and Torque limit.
• Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast (jumper selectable).
• Adjustable 4 to 16kHz switching frequency: Quiet motor operation or
reduced electrical noise.
• Torque “foldback”: Allows up to 200% torque to overcome intermittent
peak loads.
• Additional features: Auto or manual restart after low input voltage fault
(jumper selectable), line fusing, isolated enable and direction inputs.
VFDP4X04-D230-PCM VFDS4X05-D230-PCM • RoHS: All VFD-PCM series models are RoHS compliant.

36 • VFD-PCM SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Microprocessor-based PWM Variable Frequency

Output UL CE
Input Max. HP Rating @ HP Rating @
Voltage Listed CSA TUV
Drive Voltage Armature 115 VAC 230 VAC Enclosure Reversing Isolation
Range
(VAC) Current Output Output
(VAC)
115 0-115 / 0-230 0-5 or 0-10 VDC
MDVF03-D230-PCM 3 1/10 - 1/4 1/6 - 1/2 CHASSIS YES – – –
230 0-230 4-20 mA

115 0-115 / 0-230 0-5 or 0-10 VDC


MDVF05-D230-PCM 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 CHASSIS YES – – –
230 0-230 4-20 mA

MDVF03-D230-PCM DIMENSIONS
The MDVF series is Minarik Drives’ response to
the growing demand for custom drives specific to
6.00 [152]
an OEM’s application. We’ve designed a micropro-
5.25 [133]
cessor-based regenerative PWM platform that will
.193 [5] 3.00 [76]
.75 [19]
run brushed, brushless and AC motors. The MDVF
series is the AC version of this platform, with the
MDPM and MDBL as the compliments.

The benefit of a single platform is that it allows J


L1
L2/230

4.255 [108]
for quick customization with most of the changes
L2/115

3.870 [98] occuring in the microprocessor’s programming.


U

With circuit boards and components being utilized


POWER
V

FAULT
1

ON
2

across multiple platforms, the economies of scale


J502
W
TB502

J503

allow us to pass the savings on to you.


1 2 3
JMP501

The MDVF combines all of the advantages of our


other AC drives into one package. Taking the size of
Height: 2.25 [58]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] the VFD05-D230-PCM model, combined with the
ability to run in three different power configurations
Dimensions of drives not shown above can be found on page 60.
Wiring diagrams can be found on page 71. available with the VFD series (115 in - 115 out,
230 in - 230 out, 115 in - 230 out), and the ver-
satility of the added microprocessor like the UPVFD
series.

FEATURES See page 54 for an in-depth comparison of the dif-


ferent AC drives.
• Microprocessor based: Allows custom programming for OEMs.
• Isolated inputs: Accepts floating or grounded signals 0-10 VDC, 0-5 VDC
or 4-20 mA.
• Doubler mode: Enables the use of a 230 VAC single or three phase motor
with a 115 VAC single-phase supply.
• Control a variety of motors: 3-phase induction motors, single-phase per-
manent split capacitor (PSC), shaded pole and synchronous motors.
• Diagnostic LED: LED for power and status (undervoltage, overvoltage,
short circuit / current trip, heat warning / trip).
• Thermally protects: Drive recognizes when overheated as a result of frequent
overload. It first flashes a warning code on the status LED and will eventually
trip if the condition persists.
• Stopping modes: DC injection braking or coast to stop.
• RoHS: All MDVF series models are RoHS compliant.

MDVF03-D230-PCM MDVF05-D230-PCM

• MDVF SERIES 37
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Digital PWM Variable Frequency

INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT


INPUT HP RAT-
MODELS VOLTAGE VOLTAGE CURRENT SIZE*
PHASE ING
(VAC) (VAC) (AMPS)

ACM110S-0.25 120 1 0-200/230 1/3 1.7 A5

ACM110S-0.4 120 1 0-200/230 1/2 2.4 A5


ACM100 & AC200 DIMENSIONS
ACM11OS-0.75 120 1 0-200/230 1 4.2 B5
SIZE HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH
ACM110S-1.1 120 1 0-200/230 1 1/2 6.0 B5

ACM112S-0.25 208/240 1 0-200/230 1/3 1.9/1.7 A5


A1 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.76 (96)
ACM112S-0.4 208/240 1 0-200/230 1/2 2.8/2.4 A5
A2 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 4.56 (116)
ACM112S-0.55 208/240 1 0-200/230 3/4 3.7/3.2 A6
A3 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.56 (141)
ACM112S-0.75 208/240 1 0-200/230 1 4.8/4.2 A6
A5 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.26 (83)
ACM112S-1.1 208/240 1 0-200/230 1 1/2 6.9/6.0 B5
A6 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.63 (92)
ACM112S-1.5 208/240 1 0-200/230 2 8.1/7.0 B5
A7 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.56 (141)
ACM112S-2.2 208/240 1 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B6
A8 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 3.94 (100)
ACM112T-0.4 208/240 3 0-200/230 1/2 2.8/2.4 A5
A9 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 4.74 (120)
ACM112T-0.75 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 4.8/4.2 A6
A10 5.75 (146) 2.88 (73) 5.74 (146)
ACM112T-1.1 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 1/2 6.9/6.0 A7
K ACM112T-1.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 2 8.1/7.0 A7
B1 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 5.24 (133)

B2 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 6.74 (171)


ACM112T-2.2 208/240 3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B6
B5 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 4.88 (124)
ACM112T-3.7 208/240 3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 B2
B6 5.75 (146) 3.76 (96) 5.53 (140)
ACM114T-0.4 400/480 3 0-400/460 1/2 1.3/1.1 A8
C1 7.75 (197) 5.02 (128) 7.18 (182)
ACM114T-0.75 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 2.5/2.1 A9
D1 9.75 (273) 6.68 (170) 8.00 (203)
ACM114T-1.1 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 1/2 3.6/3.0 A10

ACM114T-1.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 2 4.1/3.4 A10

ACM114T-2.2 400/480 3 0-400/460 3 5.8/4.8 B1

ACM114T-3.7 400/480 3 0-400/460 5 9.4/7.8 B2

The ACM100 Series variable frequency, V/Hz drive is a program-


mable easy to use drive in an IP20 enclosure. It has a 3-digit seven
segment display for programming, drive status, and diagnostics.
The ACM100 Series has nine isolated inputs and outputs including
stop/run, 0-10 VDC input, 4-20mA input, 10 VDC supply for speed
pot, DC supply for digital inputs, open collector output, and three FEATURES
programmable inputs.
• Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed
reference signal to be accepted.
• Programmable: Programmed via the front keypad, or hand-held
EPM programmer.
D
• Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as clos-
ing a contact.
• Display: 3-digit seven segment display for programming, status,
and diagnostics.
• Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking
option available when faster, repetitive stops are needed.
H • Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 4 to 10 kHz to help reduce
the audible noise from the motor.
• Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart
upon application of power.
• Default settings: Drives ship with default settings requiring only a
few inputs to be off and running.
• For use with 3-phase motors only

38 • ACM100 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Digital PWM Variable Frequency

INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT


INPUT HP INPUT HP
MODELS VOLTAGE VOLTAGE CURRENT SIZE* MODELS VOLTAGE VOLTAGE CURRENT SIZE*
PHASE RATING PHASE RATING
(VAC) (VAC) (AMPS) (VAC) (VAC) (AMPS)

AC211S-0.75 208/240 1 0-200/230 1 4.6/4.0 B1 AC214T-0.4 400/480 3 0-400/460 1/2 1.3/1.1 A8

AC211S-1.1 208/240 1 0-200/230 1.5 6.2/5.4 B1 AC214T-0.75 400/480 3 0-400/460 1 2.4/2.1 A9

AC212B-0.2 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1/4 1.6/1.4 A8 AC214T-1.1 400/480 3 0-400/460 1.5 3.1/2.7 A10

AC212B-0.4 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1/2 2.5/2.2 A8 AC214T-1.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 2 3.9/3.4 A10

AC212B-0.75 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1 4.6/4.0 A9 AC214T-2.2 400/480 3 0-400/460 3 5.5/4.8 A10

AC212B-1.1 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 1.5 6.2/4.4 B1 AC214T-3.7 400/480 3 0-400/460 5 8.7/7.6 B2

AC212B-1.5 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 2 7.8/6.8 B2 AC214T-5.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 7.5 12.6/11.0 C1

AC212B-2.2 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.6 B2 AC214T-7.5 400/480 3 0-400/460 10 16.1/14.0 C1

AC212B-3.7 208/240 1/3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 C1 AC214T-11 400/480 3 0-400/460 15 24/21 D1

AC212T-0.75 208/240 3 0-200/230 1 4.6/4.0 A9


* For dimensional details see page 38.
AC212T-1.1 208/240 3 0-200/230 1.5 6.2/4.4 A10

AC212T-1.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 2 7.8/6.8 A10 FEATURES


AC212T-2.2 208/240 3 0-200/230 3 11.0/9.8 A10
• Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed
AC212T-3.7 208/240 3 0-200/230 5 17.5/15.2 B2

AC212T-5.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 7.5 25.3/22.0 C1


reference signal to be accepted. K
• Programmable: Programmed using the front keypad, remote
AC212T-7.5 208/240 3 0-200/230 10 30.0/28.0 C1 keypad, hand-held EPM programmer, Modbus, or through your
AC212T-11 208/240 3 0-200/230 15 48/42 D1
PC using the Techlink software.
• Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as clos-
AC212T-15 208/240 3 0-200/230 20 58/54 D1
ing a contact.
* For dimensional details see page 38. • Display: 3-digit seven segment display for programming, status
and diagnostics.
• Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking
The AC200 Series variable frequency, V/Hz drive is a compact,
option available when faster repetitive stops are needed.
low-cost solution for AC motor control. The AC200 contains ex- • Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 4 to 10 kHz to help reduce
the audible noise from the motor.
tensive I/O and full programming menu typically found in more • Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart
expensive drives. This series has a 3-digit seven segment dis- upon application of power.
• For use with 3-phase motors only
play for programming, drive status, and diagnostics. The AC200
48 programmable parameters that include:
has eighteen isolated inputs and outputs including start, stop,
• Four or more ways to start and stop the motor
0-10 VDC input, 4-20 mA input, 10VDC supply for external po- • Two adjustable acceleration & deceleration times (.1 to 3600
seconds)
tentiometer, 12 VDC supply for an external relay, two open col-
• DC injection braking time and voltage
lector outputs, two analog outputs, three programmable inputs, • Maximum (999Hz) and minimum (0Hz) frequency
• Current limit and motor overload
and RS485 (RXA, RXB). • Fixed and adjustable acceleration boost
• Slip compensation
• Seven pre-set speeds
In addition, the AC200 Series has several options that include: • And many more!
a 1000 Hz output frequency option for very high speed applica- D
tions, throughhole mounting capability that puts the heat sink
outside the drive enclosure for better thermal management, and
dynamic braking resistor modules for applications that require
quick stops. The AC200 Series is a great choice when drive H
control is done from remote locations by process control (analog
references of 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA) or serial communications.

• AC200 SERIES 39
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Drives for AC Motors
Digital PWM Variable Frequency

The AC300 Series variable frequency, micro, V/Hz drive offers


INPUT
HP INPUT OUTPUT HxWxD the widest range of voltages, power ratings, and enclosure
VOLTAGE MODEL
(kW) PHASE (Amps) (INCHES)
(VAC) types. These drives meet the toughest requirements from
1/4
harsh environments to high torque loads. They are housed in
240/120 1Ø 1.4 AC321S-0.2 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.33
(0.20 kW) a heavy-duty steel enclosure for solid mechanical protection
240/120 1Ø 2.2 AC321S-0.4 7.50 x 6.12 x 3.63 and electrical shielding.
1/2
(0.4 kW)
240 1Ø 2.2 AC322S-0.4 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63
240/200 3Ø 2.2/2.5 AC322T-0.4 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63
The AC300 has a 16 character backlit display for program-
240/120 1Ø 4.0 AC321S-0.75 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22
ming, drive status, and diagnostics. They have 21 isolated in-
1 240 1Ø 4.0 AC322S-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33
(0.75 kW) 240/200 3Ø 4.0/4.6 AC322T-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33 puts and outputs including start, stop, 0-10 VDC input, 4-20
480/400 3Ø 2.0/2.3 AC324T-0.75 7.50 x 4.70 x 3.63 mA input, 10 VDC supply for an external potentiometer. Two
1.5
240/120 1Ø 5.2 AC321S-1.1 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 open collector outputs, two analog outputs, three program-
240 1Ø 5.2 AC322S-1.1 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22
(1.1 kW) mable inputs, two relay outputs, and RS485 (RXA, TXB).
240/200 3Ø 5.2/6.0 AC322T-1.1 7.50 x 4.70 x 4.33

240 1Ø 6.8 AC322S-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12


2
240/200 3Ø 6.8/7.8 AC322T-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 The AC300 has over 55 programmable parameters that in-
(1.5 kW)
480/400 3Ø 3.4/3.9 AC324T-1.5 7.50 x 6.12 x 4.22 clude: 4 or more ways to start and stop the motor, forward
240 1Ø 9.6 AC322S-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 and/or reverse rotation, two adjustable acceleration and de-
3
(2.2 kW)
240/200 3Ø 9.6/11.0 AC322T-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12 celeration times (0.1 to 3600 seconds), DC injection braking
480/400 3Ø 4.8/5.5 AC324T-2.2 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12
K 5 240/200 3Ø 15.2/17.5 AC322T-3.7 7.88 x 7.86 x 5.94
time and voltage, maximum (120 Hz) and minimum frequency
(0 Hz), current limit, motor overload, fixed and acceleration
(3.7 kW) 480/400 3Ø 7.6/8.7 AC324T-3.7 7.50 x 6.12 x 5.12
boost, slip compensation, 4 preset speeds, skip frequencies,
7.5 240/200 3Ø 22/25 AC322T-5.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.84
(5.5 kW) 480/400 3Ø 11/12.6 AC324T-5.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.25
and many more. These units can be programmed using the
eight button keypad on the front of the drive enclosure, a
10 240/200 3Ø 28/32 AC322T-7.5 11.25 x 7.86 x 6.84
(7.5 kW) 480/400 3Ø 14/16 AC324T-7.5 9.38 x 7.86 x 6.84 remote keypad, a “point and click” Windows software (Tech-
link) that runs on a PC and works through the RS485, or with
15 240/200 3Ø 42/48 AC322T-11 12.75 x 7.86 x 6.84
(11 kW) 480/400 3Ø 21/24 AC324T-11 11.25 x 7.86 x 6.84 Modbus. The drives are shipped with default settings which
20 240/200 3Ø 54/62 AC322T-15 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74
shorten the time for setup requiring only a few adjustments
(15 kW) 480/400 3Ø 27/31 AC324T-15 12.75 x 7.86 x 6.84 in the program before the application can be off and running.
25 240/200 3Ø 68/78 AC322T-18.5 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(18.5 kW) 480/400 3Ø 34/39 AC324T-18.5 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74 Part numbers and specifications on page 41.
30 240/200 3Ø 80/92 AC322T-22 15.75 x 10.26 x 8.35
(22 kW) 480/400 3Ø 40/46 AC324T-22 12.75 x 10.26 x 7.74

FEATURES
D
• Programmable: Can be programmed using the front keypad, remote
keypad, Modbus, or through your PC using the Techlink software.
• Reversing: Solid-state devices make reversing as simple as closing a
contact.
• Display: 16 character backlit LCD display for programming, status, and
diagnostics.
• Braking: DC injection braking is standard with a dynamic braking option
H when faster and repetitive stops are needed.
• Carrier frequency: Adjustable from 2.5 to 14kHz to help reduce the
audible noise from the motor.
• Automatic restart: Can be programmed to automatically restart upon
application of power.
• Skip frequencies: Two skip frequencies are available to lock out critical
frequencies that cause mechanical resonance in the system.
• Isolation: Inputs and outputs are isolated and allow any speed reference
signal to be accepted.
W
• NEMA enclosure choices: Choose either NEMA1, 4/12 or 4X.

40 • AC300 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Digital AC Drive Accessories

REMOTE KEYPAD OPTIONS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

840-004 Remote keypad w/ gasket 8 foot connecting cable, NEMA 4X rated AC200 SERIES
840-010 Remote keypad w/ gasket 8 foot connecting cable, NEMA 4X rated ACM100 SERIES
841-006** Remote keypad kit (field installation) 10 foot cable and NEMA 4 remote keypad AC300 NEMA 1 models only

EPM OPTIONS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

840-005 EPM programmer 4.13 H x 6.00 W, battery operated ACM100 & AC200 SERIES
840-006 EPM modules bulk pack 10 electronic programming modules ACM100 & AC200 SERIES

• ACM100, AC200 & AC300 ACCESSORIES 41


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Isolation Cards

PCM4 Isolation Card


The PCM4 card is a compact and cost-effective solution for process control applications. Powered by 115 or 230 VAC, the PCM4 uses Burr
Brown® Technology to isolate and condition incoming DC voltage signals from process controllers, motors, transducers, microprocessors
or any signal. Typically, the output of the PCM4 connects to the input of a motor drive; hence, incompatible devices safely couple to yield a
higher level of automation. Integrating this isolation card allows drives to follow any non-isolated external voltage or current analog process
control signal.

Dip-switch selectable, the PCM4 can follow any input voltage signal, grounded or ungrounded, from -250 to +250 VDC, and any input current
signal from 1 to 50 mA. In response to the input, the PCM4 outputs an isolated bipolar signal from -12 to +12 VDC @ 10 mA, 0.01% linear-
ity yields precise results. High resolution multi-turn pots lets users scale the output to within millivolts of the input or any desired proportion
within the range of the output. Users may elect to control devices in manual mode using normal potentiometer operation rather than from an
external signal input.

The most common use for the PCM4 is to take an unisolated voltage signal from a PLC and isolate the signal and feed it into the drive. The
PCM4 can also take a 4-20 mA signal and convert it into an isolated voltage signal for the drive to follow. The PCM4 also works great when
accepting a motor armature voltage, scaling and isolating it into a drive in a leader-follower system.

USIM-8 Isolation Card

The USIM-8 is a cost-effective solution for applications that used to require individual isolation cards for every drive in a system. The USIM-8
provides 8 independently isolated output channels, allowing for control of 8 drives. Daisy chaining the USIM-8 with other USIM-8’s increases
the number of total drives you can control with 1 master signal. Power by 115 VAC or 230 VAC, the USIM-8 uses individual transformers to
isolate any voltage within a 0 to 250 VDC range or a 4-20 mA signal, and scale it into a 0-10 VDC output. BSIM-8 for bi-directional applica-
tions COMING SOON!

42 • ISOLATION CARDS (PCM4 & USIM-8)


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Logic Cards

CSC1 Current Sensing Card

The CSC1 series is a stand alone DC current sensing module designed to provide a relay fault output when a set threshold current limit is
reached. A fault threshold is easily set by selecting the range of current to be sensed and then fine-tuning the trip point via an on-board
OFFSET trim pot. An adjustable fault delay of 200 mS - 15 S is also available in order to ride through momentary surges of current. A fault can
be reset manually or set to automatic, where a fault will reset once current falls below an adjustable hysteresis point. This feature rich current
sensing module is a valuable tool in new and existing systems where an added level of monitoring and protection is required.

200-0386A Limit Switch Logic Board

Comparable to a mini-PLC, the 200-0386A logic board provides compact intelligence and a high degree of automation when combined with a
regenerative drive in four-quadrant applications. Switching logic board modules interface regenerative variable-speed drives with pushbuttons,
limit switches, foot switches, or programmable controls to produce a low-cost system. The logic module accepts commands from dry contact
mechanical closures, current-sinking open-collectors, and TTL logic devices.

After wiring and selecting the dip-switch configuration, the 200-0386A operates in one of nine modes, including automatic cycling, single
cycle, half cycle, jog and more. The cycle applications are ideal for applications with limit switches. No programming is required!

• LOGIC CARDS (CSC1 & 200-0386A) 43


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Wireless & Remote Accessories

YOUR
LOGO
HERE

L
Shown on the left is a FCC approved RF control designed by Minarik Drives. That allows us to create a custom label with your logo (see right).

This FCC approved remote operates at a 418 MHz frequency from over 500 feet away with the wireless card shown above. The wireless card
mounts onto an existing microprocesser-based Minarik Drives product and allows the user to remotely control speed, torque, positioning, or even
set parameters. Notice the remote on the left is designed for speed/positioning control of 4 indepenent drives, or all 4 at once, while the remote
on the right is designed for varying the parameters of 1 drive.

This is a one way communication device. Minarik Drives also has duplex remotes. The benefit of duplex, or two way communication, is that it allows
the end user to monitor the drive and to recieve feedback, such as the charge on the battery system powering a drive, parameter settings, or any
feedback you could want from a drive. When it comes to wireless duplex control, Minarik Drives is familiar with Zigbee.

Another form of duplex communication is our bluetooth offering. We’ve tested bluetooth applications to allow you to control your drives from at
least 50 feet away, possibly up to 300 feet depending on your bluetooth device, at 2.4 GHz. Imagine being able to calibrate a drive that’s 3 stories
in the air without having to leave the ground or troubleshoot a drive without having to get inside the machine.

44 • WIRELESS ACCESSORIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Feedback Devices

PK SERIES DIMENSIONS
Put one drop of Locitite® 609 inside
hub before installing on shaft. Mounting Holes (2)

Install with hub centered


in housing and flush to
Mounting Holes (2)
rear face of housing.
PK24 - 1.5” centers
0.010 radial and 0.020
axial motion is allowed in Hub
use.
2.000 ± 0.010 Plastic housing

10-32 puller thread for


removing hub.
Red: +VDC, 12 mA input

0.900 ± 0.010 White: pulse


Shield
Black: common
24 AWG Shielded

Note: All dimensions are in inches.


Specification data subject to change without notice.
L
SPECIFICATIONS
The PK24 Series encoders easily mount on the back
of the 507-XX-XXX (page 49) motors. These encoders
Electrical Input
Voltage 5 VDC 12 VDC output a single channel square wave to provide more ac-
Current 12 mA 12 mA
Regulation ±10% ±10% curate speed indication and regulation when used with

Electrical Output digital accessories. Their hollow shaft design allows for
Wave shape Square wave nominal
easy installation without tedious alignment procedures.
Rise Time Less than 10 Microseconds
Current Sink 0.8 Milliamperes @ 0.4 Volts (NPN) The accuracy and ease of installation make the PK24
Pulses per revolution 2 to 64 (specify)
Series the ideal choice for your encoder feedback. The
Mechanical
Shaft speed 20000 RPM maximum PK24 Series also works great with DLC600 (pg 47) and
Rotation Either direction
VT8-D230AC (pg 46)
Hub bore 0.187” PK24
Housing Delrin (black)
Cable 3-conductor 24 AWG shielded (with drain)
Weight 2 ounces

PART NUMBER SYSTEM

PK24-XX-YYV

XX = Pulses Per Revolution (PPR): 30, 60

YY = Input Voltage (volts DC): 5, 12


(Other voltages may be available. Consult Factory) PK24 Series

Example: PK24-30-5V means 30 PPR


and requires a 5 VDC power supply

• FEEDBACK DEVICES (PK SERIES) 45


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Displays - Open Loop

POWER SUPPLY VOLT-


AC LINE ACCEPTABLE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK FREQUENCY
MODEL AC LINE VOLTAGE AGE FOR FEEDBACK
POWER SOURCES RANGE
DEVICES

•5 or 12 VDC NPN-type
encoder or proximity
switch**
115/230 VAC ±10%
VT8-D230AC 5.5 watts nominally •Hall effect sensor** 0 - 20,000 Hz +5 VDC or +12 VDC
50/60 Hz, Single Phase
•Electromagnetic Pickup

•Encoder**

** NPN-type feedback devices should have a built in pull-up resistor or have a pull-up resistor added externally.

VT8-D230AC DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ VT8 Series is the choice when it comes
to digital tachometers.

The VT8 Series provides a simple and accurate read-


out for any rotating shaft that has an optical encoder,
magnetic pickup, or anything else that can generate a
frequency related to what you wish to measure.
L
There are four modes to choose from: tachometer
mode for speed in any engineering unit, time in process
for indicating the duration of an application, the inverse
of speed (such as minutes per revolution), and basic
totalizer for counting the frequency of the speed sensor.

The VT8 Series can be used with the PK24 Series


(page 45) encoders and 507-XX-XXX (page 49) motors.

The VT8-D230AC replaces previous versions of the VT


Series. All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

FEATURES

• Four Operating Modes: Displays 1) speed of application or multiple of it 2)


time in process indicating duration of application 3) the inverse speed (i.e.,
minutes per revolution) 4) number of counts received from feedback device.
• Selectable Feedback Devices: Accepts magnetic pickup, hall effect, induc-
tive proximity sensor or encoder input.
• +5 VDC (50mA) or +12 VDC (25mA) power supply: Provided to power
feedback device.
• Wide Frequency Range: Accepts 0 - 20,000 Hz from feedback device.
• Easy to Read Display: 4-digit LED display is 0.7” (17.5 mm).

VT8-D230AC

46 • VT8 SERIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Displays - Closed Loop

POWER SUPPLY FEEDBACK


AC LINE ACCEPTABLE FEEDBACK ANALOG OUTPUT SPEED
MODEL AC LINE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE FOR FEED- FREQUENCY
POWER SOURCES VOLTAGE RANGE REGULATION
BACK DEVICES RANGE

•Hall Effect Sensor**

115 or 230 VAC ±10% •Electromagnetic Pickup


5.5 watts +5 VDC or
DLC600 0 to +10 VDC 0.05% 10 to 3000Hz*
50/60 HZ, Single nominally •5 or 12 VDC NPN-type en- +12 VDC @ 10 mA
Phase coder or proximity switch**

•Encoder**

** System speed range may be limited by other factors, such as motor type, drive type, feedback resolution, etc.
** NPN-type feedback devices should have a built-in pull-up resistor or have a pull-up resistor added externally.

DLC600 DIMENSIONS
Minarik Drives’ DLC600 precisely controls your closed
loop application speed. The DLC600’s dual voltage
capability allows it to replace our older DLC products.
An encoder or proximity switch, hall effect sensor, or
electromagnetic pickup can provide the necessary
feedback. Any engineering units, from revolutions
E per minute, to widgets per day can be used to display L
and program the speed. The large 4-digit LED display
allows you to easily see exactly what speed you are
running. The analog output from the drive is isolated
and can be used with almost all of our drives. The
PK24 Series (page 45) encoders can be used with a
507-XX-XXX (page 49) motor to complete your closed
loop system. When it comes to low-cost closed loop
control, the DLC600 is your solution.
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

FEATURES

• Excellent Speed Regulation: 0.05% speed regulation of set speed provides


for tight control throughout a 200:1 speed range.
• Pushbutton Programming: Three front panel pushbuttons provide quick and
easy programming.
• 4-Digit LED Display: Red 0.5 inch (13 mm) wide digits for good visibility.
• Programmable Decimal Point: Makes specific application readouts easy.
• Inhibit Terminal: A low voltage, dry contact closure on the inhibit terminal will
reduce the output to zero.
• Selectable Feedback Devices: Controls accept magnetic pickup, hall effect,
inductive proximity sensor or encoder input.
• + 5 VDC or + 12 VDC (10 mA) Power Supply: Provided to power feedback
devices.

DLC600

• DLC600 SERIES 47
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Accessories
Miscellaneous

SPEED DIALS AND KNOBS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

110-0038 Rectangle Dial Plate 1.75” W x 1.5” H w/0.375” Hole All chassis drives
140-0009 Knob 1” OD w/0.25” Hole All chassis drives

HEAT SINKS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

223-0159 Heat Sink 4.40” x 3.00” x 0.70” aluminum MM footprint chassis controls
223-0174 Heat Sink 7.78” x 6.00” x 0.89” aluminum MM Series NEMA 1 cased controls
223-0235 Heat Sink 9.20” x 6.90” x 1.00” aluminum RG500 Series chassis controls
223-0271 Heat Sink 9.78” x 6.90” x 1.00” aluminum XL3200A

INHIBIT PLUGS

L STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

201-0024 Inhibit plug 18” All drives with inhibit terminal


201-0079 Inhibit plug 36” All drives with inhibit terminal

SERIAL CABLES

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

134-0046 Serial Cable DB9 male to female DC500N-4Q

BRAKE RESISTORS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

032-0060 Brake Resistor 10 W 40W (fast braking) 1 HP and less


032-0062 Brake Resistor 20 W 40W (medium/fast braking) 2 HP and less
032-0076 Brake Resistor 40 W 40W (medium braking) 2 HP and less
035-0007 Left-side bracket Mounting vertically 032-0060, 032-0062, 032-0076
035-0008 Right-side bracket Mounting vertically 032-0060, 032-0062, 032-0076

DISPLAY REPLACEMENT PARTS

STOCK NO. DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA MODEL USAGE

155-0075 Clear NEMA4 cover Polysilicone VT8


201-0191 Bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red DLC600
202-0014 Mounting kit 2 brackets, 4 screws DLC600, VT8-D230AC
220-0048 Bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red VT8-115/230
220-0049 Blank bezel and lens Polycarbonate, red VT8-115/230

48 • STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Motors
DC Motors - Geared

CONTINUOUS TERMINAL RATED CONTINUOUS


MOTOR POWER SHAFT SPEED SPEED REDUCTION
PART NUMBER TORQUE VOLTAGE CURRENT
( HP ) ( RPM ) ( ratio: 1 )
( in-lbs ) ( VDC ) ( Amps )

507-01-131 1/20 49 55 36.7 90 / 130 0.60


507-01-130 1/20 71 40 25.2 90 / 130 0.60
507-01-129 1/20 139 20 12.9 90 / 130 0.60
507-01-127 1/20 359 8 5 90 / 130 0.60
507-01-109 1/8 30 230 60.2 90 / 130 1.25
507-01-108 1/8 64 112 28.1 90 / 130 1.25
507-01-106 1/8 170 42 10.6 90 / 130 2.7

FEATURES

• Precision machined die cast aluminum. • Permanent magnet brushed DC motors, TENV.
• Oil filled, sealed and gasketed gear boxes. • Hardened steel shaft.

3.60 SQ.
7.38 1.42
.125 SQ. KEY 2.65
.75 LONG SQ.
OPTIONAL
J-BOX
(211-0032)
0.42 M

0.57

0.50 0.45
2.58 DIA.
OVER FLAT 2.75
#10-32
TAP

Ø.28 (4)
OPTIONAL MOUNTING BASE 1.88 1.50 (4) TAPS #10-32 ON A 3.75 THRU HOLES
(BK3) 2.65 SQUARE MOUNT

1/20 HP ( 507-01-127, 129, 130, 131 )

1/8 HP ( 507-01-106, 108, 109 )

• DC MOTORS 49
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Comparison Charts

Power Ratings Trimpots Approvals LEDs & Fuses

Output Voltage Range (VDC)

180 VDC Horsepower Range


90 VDC Horsepower Range

Inhibit (Remote Start/Stop)


Max Continuous Current
Max ContinuousCurrent

Combined Accel/Decel

(Recognized or Listed)
(Analog Voltage Input)
Separate Accel/Decel
Input Voltage (VAC)

w/ Heatsink (Amps)

Current Limit LED

Temp. Range (°C)


Dynamic Braking
IR Compensation

Pre-mounted Pot
(4-20 mA Input)
Speed Range

Regulation %
Field Voltage

Current Limit
50/60 Hertz

Max Speed

Power LED
Min Speed

Line Fuse
Isolation

Isolation
(Amps)
Model Numbers

CE
UL
CHASSIS DRIVES
M1 115 0-90 5 10 1/15 - 1 - 60:1 1%        10 - 55

M2 115 0-90 5 11.5 1/15 - 1 1/8 - 60:1 1%        10 - 55

M2-D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 11.5 1/15 - 1 1/8 1/8 - 2 1/4 60:1 1%        10 - 55

MM03-115AC-PCM 115 0-90 3 1/50 - 1/4 -  60:1 2%             10 - 40

MM03-230AC-PCM 230 0-180 3 - 1/25- 1/2  60:1 2%             10 - 40

MM10-115AC-PCM 115 0-90 5 10 1/8 - 1 -  60:1 2%             10 - 40

MM10-230AC-PCM 230 0-180 5 10 - 1/4 - 2  60:1 2%             10 - 40

MM23001C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%         10 - 55

MM23001C-Q 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%          10 - 55

MM23002D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 60:1 1%           10 - 55

MM23011C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%         10 - 55

MM23011C-Q 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%          10 - 55

MM23012D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 60:1 1%           10 - 55

MM301U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2  60:1 1%             10 - 55

MM311U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%             10 - 55

MM31700B 115 0-90 3 1/8 - 1/4 - 20:1 3%    10 -55


N MM31701B 115 0-90 2 1/50 - 1/6 - 20:1 3%    10 - 55

MM31750B 115 0-90 3 1/8 - 1/4 - 20:1 3%     10 -55

MM31751B 115 0-90 2 1/50 - 1/6 - 20:1 3%     10 -55

MM501U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 25 1 - 2 1/2 2-5  60:1 1%             10 - 50

PCM21000A 115 0-90 5 10 1/4 - 1 -      10 -55

PCM21010A 115 0-90 2 1/20 1/6 50:1 1%      10 - 55

PCM22000A 230 0-180 5 10 - 1/2 - 2      10 -55

PCM23001A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 or 1/4 1 or 2  60:1 1%        10 - 55

RD16U 115 0-90 32 1/50 1/8 20:1 3%    10 - 55


2
SQ16U 115 0-90 3 1/50 1/8 20:1 3%    10 - 55
2
SQ216U 230 0-90 3 1/50 1/8 20:1 3%    10 - 55
NEMA 1 Drives
MM23101C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MM23102D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM23111C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MM23112D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM23201C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM23202D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 60:1 1%             10 - 40

MM23211C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM23212D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 60:1 1%             10 - 40
NEMA 4X Drives
MC10 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MC10-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%             10 - 40

MC10-R 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MM23401C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MM23402D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM23411C 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4  60:1 1%           10 - 40

MM23412D 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 60:1 1%            10 - 40

MM301A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%             10 - 40

PCM23401A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  60:1 1%           10 - 40

PCM23411A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/10 - 1/4 1/6 - 1/2  60:1 1%          10 - 40

50 • 1Q SCR COMPARISON CHART


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Comparison Charts

Power Ratings Trimpots Approvals LEDs & Fuses

Output Voltage Range (VDC)

130 VDC Horsepower Rating

240 VDC Horsepower Rating

Inhibit (Remote Start/Stop)


Max Continuous Current
Max ContinuousCurrent

(Recognized or Listed)
Combined Accel/Decel

(Analog Voltage Input)


Separate Accel/Decel
Input Voltage (VAC)

w/ Heatsink (Amps)

Current Limit LED

Temp. Range (°C)


IR Compensation

Dynamic Braking

Pre-mounted Pot
(4-20 mA Input)
Regulation %
Speed Range

Current Limit
Field Voltage
50/60 Hertz

Power LED
Max Speed

Min Speed

Line Fuse
Isolation

Isolation
(Amps)

CE
Model Numbers

UL
Chassis Drives
MMXL02-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 100:1 1%           10 - 40

MMXL02-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 100:1 1%            10 - 40

MMXL05-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 100:1 1%           10 - 40

MMXL05-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 100:1 1%            10 - 40

MMXL10-D240AC 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 100:1 1%           10 - 40

MMXL10-D240AC-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2 100:1 1%            10 - 40

PCMXP02-115AC 115 0-130 2 1/20 - 1/6 - 80:1 1%       10 - 40

PCMXP05-115AC 115 0-130 5 1/4 - 1/2 - 80:1 1%       10 - 40

PCMXP10-115AC 115 0-130 5 10 1/4 - 1 - 80:1 1%       10 - 40

XL3025A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  100:1 1%            10 - 40

XL3050A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1  100:1 1%           10 - 40

XL3200A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2  100:1 1%            10 - 40

XL3300A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 15 1/4 - 1 1/2 1/2 - 3  100:1 1%           10 - 40

XP02-115AC 115 0-130 2 1/20 - 1/6 - 80:1 1%      10 - 40

XP02-115AC-Q 115 0-130 2 1/20 - 1/6 - 80:1 1%         10 - 40

XP05-115AC 115 0-130 5 1/4 - 1/2 - 80:1 1%      10 - 40


N
XP10-115AC 115 0-130 5 10 1/4 - 1 - 80:1 1%      10 - 40
NEMA 1 Drives
C1XP01-115AC-A 115 0-130 1 1/100 - 1/10 - 80:1 1%          10 - 40

C1XP03-115AC-A 115 0-130 3 1/10 - 1/4 - 80:1 1%          10 - 40


NEMA 4X Drives
C4XL3025 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  100:1 1%           10 - 40

C4XL3200A 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10 1/4 - 1 1/2 - 2  100:1 1%            10 - 40

• 1Q PWM COMPARISON CHART 51


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Comparison Charts

Power Ratings Trimpots Features Approvals LEDs & Fuses

Regen/Reverse Current Limit


Output Voltage Range (VDC)

Motor/Forward Current Limit


Maximum Output HP Rating
Minimum Output Hp Rating

Tachogenerator Feedback
Max Current w/ Heatsink

Over Voltage Coast LED


Momentary Start / Stop

(Recognized or Listed)
External Device Power
Deadband Pot / Switch

(Analog Voltage Input)


Separate Accel/Decel
Max Current (Amps)
Input Voltage (VAC)

Brake (Regen) LED


Motor Output LED
Current Limit LED

Temp. Range (°C)


IR Compensation

(4-20 mA Input)

Direction LED
Coast to Stop

Decel to Stop
Speed Range

Regulation %

Supply (VDC)
Field Voltage

Regen Brake
50/60 Hertz

Max Speed

Power LED
Min Speed

Line Fuse
Isolation

Isolation
Circuitry
Model Numbers

CE
UL
SCR CHASSIS
RG500UA 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 7 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  50:1 1             +15/-15    10 - 55

RG500UA-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 7 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  50:1 1               +15/-15    10 - 55

RG510UA 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  50:1 1             +15/-15    10 - 55

RG510UA-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  50:1 1               +15/-15    10 - 55

RG5500U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 25 1 - 2 1/2 2-5  50:1 1             +15/-15   10 - 55

RG60U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 50:1 2             +15/-15    10 - 55

RG61U 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 50:1 2             +15/-15    10 - 55

RG60U-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 5 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2 50:1 2               +15/-15    10 - 55

RG61U-PCM 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 1.5 1/20 - 1/8 1/10 - 1/4 50:1 2               +15/-15    10 - 55
SCR CASED
RG500A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  50:1 1             +15/-15     10 - 40

RG501A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 10 1/8 - 1 1/4 - 2  50:1 1             +15/-15     10 - 40

RG510A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  50:1 1             +15/-15     10 - 40

RG511A 115 / 230 0-90 / 0-180 3 1/20 - 1/4 1/10 - 1/2  50:1 1             +15/-15     10 - 40
PWM CHASSIS
NRG02-D240AC-4Q 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 100:1 1            +15/-15         10 - 40

NRG02-D240AC-4Q-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 2 1/20 - 1/6 1/10 - 1/3 100:1 1             +15/-15         10 - 40

MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 3 1/10 - 1/4 1/6 - 1/2 100:1 1             +5   10 - 40

NRG05-D240AC-4Q 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 100:1 1            +15/-15         10 - 40

NRG05-D240AC-4Q-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 100:1 1             +15/-15         10 - 40

MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 5 1/8 - 1/2 1/4 - 1 100:1 1             +5   10 - 40

NRG10-115AC-4Q 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10 1/4 - 1 - 100:1 1            +15/-15         10 - 40

N NRG10-115AC-4Q-PCM 115 / 230 0-130 / 0-240 10 1/4 - 1 - 100:1 1             +15/-15         10 - 40

52 • 4Q COMPARISON CHART
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Comparison Charts

Power Ratings Trimpots Features Approvals LEDs

Four Quadrant Reversing


Max Continuous Current

Programming Available)
Microprocessor Based

(Recognized or Listed)
Output Voltage Range

Regen Brake to Stop


Peak Output Current

Regen Current Limit

Voltage Speed Input

Current Limit LED

Temp. Range (°C)


IR Compensation

Diagnostic LED
(Custom/OEM
Coast to Stop
Input Voltage

Current Limit

Range (VDC)
Acceleration

Deceleration

Power LED
Max Speed

Min Speed
(ADC)
(ADC)
(VDC)
Model Numbers

CE
UL
AC Input, Non-regenerative

LV01-24AC-E10U 8 - 24 VAC 0 - 91% of Input 1 -    0-4.6  10 - 40

LV02-24AC 8 - 24 VAC 0 - 91% of Input 2 -      0-4.6  10 - 40


AC Input, Regenerative

HTL1.5-D-4Q 115 / 230 VAC 12 or 24 VDC 2 4            0-5/10    10 - 40

HTL05-D-4Q 115 / 230 VAC 12 or 24 VDC 5 7.5            0-5/10    10 - 40


DC Input, Non-regenerative

DC1.5-12 8 - 16 VDC In VDC - 1 VDC 1 1.5     - 10 - 40

DC1.5-24 16 - 32 VDC In VDC - 1 VDC 1 1.5     - 10 - 40

DC2.0-12 8 - 16 VDC In VDC - 1 VDC 1.5 2     - 10 - 40

LV02-24DC 10 - 36 VDC 0 - 91% of Input 2 -      0-4.6  10 - 40

DC6-12/24 12 / 24 VDC In VDC - 1 VDC 6 -     0-5 10 - 40

DC16-12/24 10 - 32 VDC 0 - 95% of Input 16 -        0-10   10 - 40

N DC60-12/24 10 - 32 VDC 0 - 95% of Input 60 -        0-10   10 - 40


N
DC60-36/48 32 - 50 VDC 0 - 95% of Input 60 -        0-10   10 - 40
DC Input, Regenerative

DC6-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 0 - 95% of Input 3 6            0-5/10    0 - 40

DC20-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 0 - 95% of Input 10 20            0-5    0 - 40

DC30-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 0 - 95% of Input 15 30            0-5    0 - 55

DC60-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 0 - 100% of Input 30 60            0-5    0 - 40

DC60-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 0 - 100% of Input 30 60            0-5    0 - 40

DC120-12/24-4Q 12 /24 0 - 100% of Input 60 120            0-5    0 - 40

DC240-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 0 - 100% of Input 100 240            0-5    0 - 40

DC250-12/24-4Q 12 / 24 0 - 100% of Input 120 250            0-5    0 - 40

DC500N-4Q-36/48 36 / 48 0 - 100% of Input 200 500            2.5-5  10 - 40

DC1000-36/48-4Q 36 / 48 0 - 100% of Input 300 1000            0-5    0 - 40

• LOW VOLTAGE COMPARISON CHART 53


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Comparison Charts

Power Ratings Trimpots Features Approvals LEDs & Fuses Packaging

Separate Acc/Dec Pots


Output Current (Amps)

(Recognized or Listed)
Torque / Current Limit
Maximum Continuous

DC Injection Braking
Adjuestable Carrier
Slip Compensation

Isolated Front End

1
Temp. Range (°C)
Max Horsepower

Voltage Doubler
Nominal Output

NEMA Enclosure
Max Speed Pot

Min Speed Pot

Enable Switch
Input Voltage
Single Phase

Torque LED

Power LED

Line Fuses
Frequency

Reversing

Fault LED
Voltage

Boost
Model Numbers

UL
TA10-D 115 / 230 0-115 / 0-230 10 1/2 - 1     0 - 55 Chassis

VFD02-115AC 115 0-115 2.4 1/4            10 - 40 Chassis

UPVFD02-115AC 115 0-115 2.4 1/4           10 - 40 Chassis

VFD02-230AC 230 0-230 2.4 1/2            10 - 40 Chassis

VFD02-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 2.4 1/2             10 - 40 Chassis

UPVFD02-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 2.4 1/2            10 - 40 Chassis

MDVF03-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-115 / 0-230 3 1/2 -1/4        10 - 40 Chassis

VFD04-115AC 115 0-115 4 1/2            10 - 40 Chassis

UPVFD04-115AC 115 0-115 4 1/2         10 - 40 Chassis

VFD04-230AC 230 0-230 4 1            10 - 40 Chassis

VFD04-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 4 1             10 - 40 Chassis

UPVFD04-D230AC 115 / 230 0-230 4 1            10 - 40 Chassis

MDVF05-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-115 / 0-230 5 1/2 - 1        10 - 40 Chassis

VFD05-D230-PCM 115 /230 0-230 5 1 1/2                  10 - 40 Chassis

N VFDP4X04-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-230 4 1                  10 - 40 NEMA 4X

VFDS4X04-D230-PCM 115 / 230 0-230 5 1 1/2                  10 - 40 NEMA 4X

54 • AC COMPARISON CHART
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

6.00 [125]

0.75 [19] 0.19 [5] CL


1.79
[45]
2.50 2.50
[64] [64]

3.58 [91]
3.95 [100] 1.75 [44]
8.00
[203] 5.00
[127]

0.74 [19] 0.64 16]

3.50 [97]
4.30 [109]

Height: 1.60 [41] Depth: 3.46 [88]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
MM23001C-Q / MM23011C-Q MM23101C / MM23111C / MM23102D / MM23112D
MM23201C / MM23211C / MM23202D / MM23212D

6.90 [175]
4.30 [109]

0.87 [22]

D502

N
Q502 Q504
D501
C505 Q503
C506

A+/A
C502

A+/B
R501 R503

C503
U3

A-/A
TORQUE
U2

A-/B
QC501
QC502
J4
0.19 [5]
R25 6 PLACES

L2
L
3.58 [91]

COAST
DECEL
MOV502
POWER SPEED C501

R502
1.75 [44] J5 C4

8.20 [208] 7.76 [197] C6


A B

INDEP.
U

J3

R38
6.00 [152] 1

C15
J501
J R26
A -- INHIBIT -- B J2
A-B
0.74 [19]

S3 S2 S S3 S2 S

3.50 [97]
4.30 [109]

Depth: 4.50 [114]


Height: 1.53 [39]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
MM23401C / MM23411C / MM23402D / MM23412D M2
C4XL3025

6.90 [175]

6.30 [160]

1.40
[36]

10.22
[260]
9.80
[249]

7.00
[178]

0.22
[6]

Height: 1.60 [41] Depth: 1.60 [41]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
PCM21000A / PCM21010A / PCM22000A PCM23401A / PCM23411A / MM301A

• DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 55
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

5.63 [143]
5.16 [131]

L1

SCR501
POWER
0.19 [5.00]

L2
ON SLOTTED HOLES

AC2
AC1
4 PLACES
C505

SCR502
D502

D501

IC506
F1
OFF
SW501 SW502
230 115 115 230

FU504
9.80 [249]
T501

F2

TB501
5
D503 MANUAL 4
6

A1

SCR503

7
3
7.00 [178]

8
A2

2
SIGNAL

9
1
C504
C503
10
0
C507 C506

IC504
IC503
C508

SCR504
IC505

C509
SPEED
7.50 [191] 5.50 [140]
R501
IC501

C501

POWER
IL501
K501

C502
IC502

R504

IL502

CL
P501 R505
MAX
SPD

D504
TB502

IL503
SPD
MIN
B1

RUN
P502
B2

SCR505
P503
ADJUSTABLE SPEED
CURRENT
B3

CURRENT

LIMIT
SIGNAL

P505

DC MOTOR CONTROL
S1

ACCEL

P504
S2

IR COMP
SW505
S3

DECEL
T1

VOLTAGE
SIGNAL

VOLTS
TACH
T2

SW504
SW503
P507

P506

ARM
1.40 [36]
90
ARM VOLTS
FEEDBACK
TACH

180

6.30 [160]
6.90 [175]

Height: 2.50 [66] Depth: 5.27 [135]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
MM501U MC10-PCM
R507

SPD SPD
MOV501 MIN MAX

D502
R505
Spade Lugs
D501
0.38 [10]
L2 C503

N
C501
L1
R504

A2

A1 C502

R506

D504 D503

RD16U
115 VAC

0.48 [12]
2.75 [70]

1.47 [37]

2.10 [53]

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

RD16U
A-

L2

Spade Lugs
A+; F+
L1

2.83 [72]
F-

0.48 [12]
2.83 [72] 2.37 [60]

All dimensions in inches [millimeters]


SQ16U / SQ216U

56 • DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

4.30 [109]
3.80 [97]

0.19 [5] A1 C502


C504 C505

A2
C501

R502
3.58 [91] 0.19 [5]
1.75 [44] 3.64 [93] POS
T501
R501

1.75 [44] NEG


MAX SPD TORQUE C503
P501 P502 SIG ADJ IR COMP

BUS-
S1

TH501
S2 SW501
INPUT
MIN SPD IR COMP
P503 P504 MAN SIG

0.74 [19]

BUS+
S3

0.65 [16] 0.73 [19]


MAX SPD MIN SPD TQ LIMIT

3.80 [97]
HEIGHT
4.30 [109]
XP02-115AC 1.77 [45]

XP05-115AC 2.36 [60]


Height: 2.15 [55]
XP10-115AC 2.88 [73]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
XP02-115AC-Q PCMXP02-115AC / PCMXP05-115AC / PCMXP10-115AC

BR-
R503

C 5 08
BR+
AC1 AC2 -BUS
+BUS TH501 R501
C507

T501

SW501
230
A1

230

SW502
C506

9.78 [248] C502


IC502 IC501 C504

7.00 [178] LIMIT

PS2 PS4
C505

PS1
S POWER CURR +15 INHIBIT
PS
PS3

MAX SPD TORQ LIMIT IR COMP

MIN SPD DECEL ACCEL JOG

0.19 [5]
S1 S2 S3 G
SPD SPD JOG A2
IN

L1 230 115 F+ A1 F- A2

1.39 [35] 1.39 [35]

6.30 [160]
6.90 [175]

Depth: 3.20 [81] Depth: 3.92 [99]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
C1XP01-115AC-A / C1XP03-115AC-A XL3300A

6.90 [175] 0.19 [23]

6.30 [159] 1.37 [35]


TACH
DB
REV ACC

50
40 60
FWD ACC

30 70
MAX SPD

20 80
IR COMP

10 90
0 100
8.90 [226]
REV TQ
FWD TQ
MIN SPD

10.22 [259] 8.38 [213]


9.75 [247]
IN
SCR501

T2

T505
T1

SW502 C502
IC501
-15 +15
115

7.00 [177]
230

S0 RB1 RB2

FU501 FU502
FAST ACTING
230

FUSES ONLY

L1 L2
115

S1

SW501 IC502
C503
S2

TB501
S3

TB502
C504

C505

L1 L2
230V
L2
115V GND F1 F2 A2 A1

3.53 [90]

4.75 [120]

Depth: 5.79 [146] Height: 3.07 [78]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
C4XL3200A RG500UA-PCM / RG510UA-PCM

• DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 57
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

MAX OFFSET

FWD
ACC

REV TB502
ACC

MAX
SPD
L2
A1

0.19 [5]
IR J502
COMP
1

3.70 [94] L1

IC504
REV
TQ A2
IC505
FWD C503
GND TQ

2.55 [65]

IC503
C504
T503
DB

MIN

IC502
SPD
J501
C502
TACH

COM
C501

+5V
INH

DIR

+IN
EN

-IN
S3

S2

S1
0.80 [20] IC501 IC506
0.71 [18]
TBT501
501

3.50 [97]
4.30 [109]

Depth: 5.50 [140] Height: 3.03 [77]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
RG500A / RG510A RG6xU-PCM
COM
+15
-15

X1

X2

S1

S2

S3

REV TQ
FWD TQ
COM
REF IN
+10 V
EN
+15 V
INH
-15 V
C502

TB502
C502

TB502 TB503

J503
L2
A1 L2
A1
C501 IC502
0.19 [5] P502
SPEED 0.19 [5]
C501 IC502
3.70 [94] L1 IC503
A2 3.70 [94] L1 4-20 mA
IC503
P503 A2

J502
0-10 V IN OFFSET ADJ
INHIBIT

INHIBIT
GND K501 K502
C503
GND
J501
C504

2.55 [65] 2.55 [65] 4-20 mA


IC505
0-10 V IN BALANCE

J501
TB501 T503

IC504 IC503 P501


C501 C502

0.80 [20] 0.71 [18] 0.80 [20] 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1


0.71 [18]
IC502
IC501
TB501
ST

ST

S3

S2

S1

R1

R2

R3

3.50 [97] 3.50 [97]


4.30 [109] 4.30 [109]

Depth: 3.20 [81] Depth: 3.20 [81]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
RG6xU-T RG6xU-T-PCM

7.20 [183]
6.35 [161]
0.850 [22] 3.73 [ 95 ]
2.78 [ 71 ]

1.73 [ 44 ]
L1
L2/230
L2/115

5.63 [ 143 ]
U

POWER
V

FAULT
1

ON
2

[13.5]
.525

J502
W
TB502

J503

1 2 3
JMP501

.51 [ 13 ]
4.75 [ 121 ]

Depth: 3.20 [81]


0.19 [ 5 ]
All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
MDPM05-D230AC-4Q-PCM / MDBL05-D230-PCM HTL1.5-D-4Q

58 • DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

0.15 (4)
D505
R501
D504 0.15 (4)
AC1 AC2 A2

D503 C 501

C 502 2.250" [57]


2.250 [57]
D502

VFB

COMP
GND
D501 2.100 [53]
2.100" [53]
A1

1.80 (45.7 )
OUT
MAX SPD

IN
S3

IC 5 0 1
S2
S1

0.150 [4]
M IN S P D

0.150" [4]

0.150
0.150" [4][4]

2.100" [53]
2.100 [53]

2.250 [57] 2.31 (58.6)


2.250" [57]

Height: 1.36 [35] Height: 1.00 [25]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
LV01-24AC-E10U DC6-12/24

0.19 [5] .163 5.050

1.99 [51]
6.90 [175]
N
Q503 Q501 Q504 Q502
-VDC INPUT

6.38 [162]
+VDC INPUT

C501

3.00 [76] .187


C504
1.750
3.500
A2

S1 1 2 3

3.60 [91]
A1

JP501 IL501
S2

6.30 [160]
POWER L501
TB501
S3
MIN SPD ACCEL MAX SPD IR COMP CUR LIMIT
SO501

C506

INHIBIT R502 C505

0.49 [12] ACCEL DECEL MAX FWD MAX REV


SPEED SPEED
MOTOR
CL
REGEN
CL
IR
COMP
MIN
SPEED

.875

0.74 [19] 6.30 [160]

Depth: 3.21 [82] Depth: 2.72 [62]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
DC60-12/24 / DC60-36/48 DC120-12/24-4Q

4.30 [109]

3.80 [97]

U Y W

4.40 [112]
TB501

DECEL BOOST
TQ
U V W
ACCEL
TQ LIMIT
3.00 [76]
FAULT
TB501 MAX
J503

TH501 J501 JMP501

DECEL
L2

BOO
POWER
TQ AC AC -
IC502

ACCEL C501

3.70 [94] TQ C510 L2


J502

0.7 [18]
MAX L1
2.72 [69] J501 JMP501

C502
J501
115V

IC502
6.30 [160]
C510

0.97 [25] 6.90 [175]


230V
L1

Depth: 3.02 [77] Depth: 3.68 [94]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
VFD02-D230AC VFD04-115AC / VFD04-230AC

• DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS 59
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Dimensional Drawings

6.90 [17.5]

U V W

4.40 [112]
TB501
TH501
TB501 0.188
DECEL
[5]

L2
BOO DIR
TQ

3.00 [76]
ACCEL C501 S3
TQ

4.41 [112]
S2
STATUS LEDS

3.71 [94.2]
MAX S1
J501 JMP501

C502
J501 E1

115V
E2

0.700 [17.80]
IC502

C510

230V
L1 0.7 [18] U SW501
ON

MAX MIN
V MOTOR OUT
1 2 3 4
DECEL/
ACCEL DC BR
W
6.30 [160] SLIP
BOOST
COMP TQ/LIM

6.90 [175]

Depth: 4.45 [113] Depth: 3.45 [88]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]
VFD04-D230AC UPVFD04-115AC / UPVFD04-D230AC

6.90 [175]
5.63 [143]

6.30 [160]
POWER

FWD
OFF
1.40 [36]

N
REV
0.19
[5]
5 6
4 OFF
ON
7
2 3

8 9

1
POWER SPEED
1

0 0
TRIP
7.20 [183] SPEED 10.20 [259] RESET

6.35 [161] REVERSE FORWARD

ADJUSTABLE SPEED
9.80 [249]
REVERSING NEMA 4X
AC MOTOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE SPEED
REVERSING
AC MOTOR CONTROL
0.85
[22]

Depth: 5.50 [140] Depth: 5.50 [140]


All dimensions in inches [millimeters] All dimensions in inches [millimeters]

VFDP4X04-D230-PCM VFDS4X05-D230-PCM

6.00 [152]

5.25 [133]

.193 [5] 3.00 [76]


.75 [19]
L1
L2/230

4.255 [108]
L2/115

3.870 [98]
2
U

ON
3
4

POWER
V

FAULT

J502
W
TB502

1 2 3
JMP501

MDVF05-D230-PCM

60 • DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

NOTE: DO NOT make


any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a
permanent magnet motor. * NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2
unless input voltage is 230 VAC.

MOTOR

FUSE
Inhibit
MOTOR CW
Terminals

*FUSE
FUSE
AC LINE 10K OHM
VOLTAGE SPEED ADJUST
115/230 VAC POTENTIOMETER
STOP
STOP *FUSE
SWITCH SWITCH
NOTE: DO NOT make
CW * NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2 any connections to
AC LINE unless input voltage is 230 VAC. F1 and F2 if using a
permanent magnet motor.
VOLTAGE 10K OHM
115/230 VAC
Inhibit
SPEED ADJUST
Terminals POTENTIOMETER

MM23001C / MM23011C MM23001C-Q / MM23011C-Q

TO
A1 INHIBIT
PINS

A2 A1

A2
S3 CW
S3 CW

P1 10 KOHM
S2 S2 P1
SPEED ADJUST
10 KOHM
POTENTIOMETER S1 SPEED ADJUST
POTENTIOMETER
S1
L1

L1 L2 SW3

N
F1 NLT
L2
F2

F1

F2 SW3
NLT

WITH 115 VAC INPUT:


CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 50 VOLT FIELD.
CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD. C19 .1µF

WITH 230 VAC INPUT:


CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD. RUN
SW2 SW3

MOTOR FIELD CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 200 VOLT FIELD.


FWD
(SHUNT WOUND
MOTORS ONLY) BRAKE
7 REV

+
6 R32

WITH 115 VAC INPUT:

5 + MOTOR
CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 50 VOLT FIELD.
CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD.
MOTOR FIELD
ARMATURE (SHUNT WOUND WITH 230 VAC INPUT:
4 90 VDC (180 VDC) MOTORS ONLY) CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD.
7 CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 200 VOLT FIELD.
FU2 +
3 6

5 + MOTOR
2 230 VAC LINE VOLTAGE ARMATURE
INPUTS 90 VDC (180 VDC)
4
115 VAC FU2
1 3

FU1 2 230 VAC LINE VOLTAGE


115 VAC INPUTS
EARTH GROUND 1

(GREEN SCREWS) FU1


EARTH GROUND
(GREEN SCREW)

MM23101C / MM23111C / MM23401C / MM23411C MM23201C / MM23211C

A1
* NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2 Inhibit A2
unless input voltage is 230 VAC. Terminals S3 CW

P1 10 KOHM
S2 SPEED ADJUST
POTENTIOMETER
S1

L1

L2

FUSE
SW3
NLT

*FUSE

6
STOP
SWITCH 5 + MOTOR
ARMATURE
4 90 VDC (180 VDC)
FU2
3
AC LINE CW MOTOR 2 230 VAC LINE VOLTAGE
INPUTS
VOLTAGE 115 VAC
1
115/230 VAC FU1
10K OHM EARTH GROUND
SPEED ADJUST (GREEN SCREWS)

POTENTIOMETER

MM23002D / MM23012D MM23102D / MM23112D / MM23402D / MM23412D

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 61
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

TO
INHIBIT
PINS

A1

A2
FUSE STOP
S3 CW
SWITCH
P1
S2
10 KOHM
AC LINE
S1 SPEED ADJUST
POTENTIOMETER
VOLTAGE
L1 (115 VAC)
L2 SW3

NLT

L1 L2

0
SCR501 D502
D503 D501 SCR502

C19 .1µF

C501
+
MOV502
A1

R501
SW2 SW3
RUN L1
FWD
R502
A2
MOTOR
BRAKE L2 C502
REV T501

J502
INHIBIT Y501
S1
R32 1/8
HP-
S2

7
IC1
S3
J501
6 CW
J2
5 + MOTOR
ARMATURE
90 VDC (180 VDC)
4 OMP TORQUE MI
FU2
INHIBIT
3
10K OHM
LINE VOLTAGE
SPEED ADJUST
2 230 VAC
115 VAC INPUTS POTENTIOMETER
1

FU1
EARTH GROUND
(GREEN SCREW)

MM23202D / MM23212D M1

MOTOR A D502 MOTOR B


Q502 Q504
Q502 Q504 MOTOR A D501 Q503 D502
MOTOR B
D501
C505 Q503
C506

N
A+/A

A+ / B
C502

A+/A

C504
A+/B

C506
C505
M
R503
M
R501
C503

U3

R503
A-/A

R501
TORQUE

U2
A-/B

C503
SPEED

IC502

A- / B
IC503

A-/A
J4
R25
L1

L2

C507
L1

L2
01
COAST
DECEL

TORQUE
MOV502 C501 SPEED C5
R502

502

C508
Y501
V
J5 C4 MO
FUSE C6 FUSE
AB J502 C510
INDEP.

AB
RATIO

INDEP.
RATIO
E
TI

IR COMP ACC/DEC CUR LIM


U1 U1
CU

R38

J3
R38

J503 1
J501

180 90 180 90

C15
C15

1 MASTER J504 J505


J501

MASTER J507 J506


POWER J1 J2 POWER A -- INHIBIT -- B

MIN-SPEED-MAX
A -- INHIBIT -- B A-B SWITCH A-B
SWITCH

S3 S2 S1 S3 S2 S1
S3 S2 S1 S3 S2 S1
LINE
LINE VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE INPUT SPEED A RATIO OR SPEED B
INPUT SPEED A 115 VAC POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER
RATIO OR SPEED B
115 VAC POTENTIOMETER
POTENTIOMETER or CLOSE TO INHIBIT DRIVE

CLOSE TO INHIBIT DRIVE


230 VAC

M2 M2-D

S1 S2 S1 S2 S3 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5

Signal Signal
Common (-) Reference (+) CW

ANALOG 10K OHM RUN/STOP INHIBIT SWITCH INHIBIT SWITCH


SIGNAL SPEED ADJUST SWITCH (Normally Open) (Normally Closed)
POTENTIOMETER (close to run)

SIGNAL CONNECTIONS ON TOP “LOGIC” BOARD

TB501 NOTE: DO NOT make


any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a
permanent magnet motor.

L1 A1 F1 F2 A2 L2
MOTOR FIELD
L1 A1 F1 F2 A2 L2 (shunt wound motors only)
For 115 VAC input:
Connect to L1 for 50 VDC Field
Connect to F2 for 100 VDC Field

MOTOR For 230 VAC input:


ARMATURE Connect to L1 for 100 VDC Field
VAC Connect to F2 for 200 VDC Field _ +
INPUT
0-10 VDC INPUT
MOTOR AND POWER CONNECTIONS ON
BOTTOM “POWER CIRCUIT” BOARD

MM03-115AC-PCM / MM03-230AC-PCM PCM21000A / PCM21010A / PCM22000A


MM10-115AC-PCM / MM10-230AC-PCM

62 • WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

NOTE:
DO NOT CONNECT FUSE
K A G K A K A K A K A G
TO L2 UNLESS INPUT
VOLTAGE IS 230 VAC SCR501 D506 D507 D508 SCR502

A2
115 VAC
INPUT
115/230 VAC MOV501

-
+
INPUT VOLTAGE

R525
MOV502 C516
T501
115 230
L1 L2

R531
SW501 C501

MOTOR

_
NEG
F1 F2 IC502
T502 MOV503
+
0-10 VDC
SIGNAL INPUT

D501
D502
C502

230 VAC
IC501
A1
or
RSH

S1 S2 S3
4-20 mA
INPUT
WARNING: SW502
C518 90 180
DO NOT CONNECT
FIELD COILS IF USING A
PERMANENT-MAGNET MOTOR +
POS

SIG MAX SIG MIN 1 2 3 4 5 MAX SPD MIN SPD TORQUE IR COMP
SO501

S1 S2 S3

10K OHM
SPEED ADJUST
POS COM
POTENTIOMETER cw OR (+) OR (-)

115/230 VAC FIELD SIGNAL INPUT


MOTOR
INPUT VOLTAGE COILS 0 - 10 VDC

PCM23001A PCM23401A / PCM23411A

A1
NOTE: DO NOT make
A2
any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a
S3 CW
permanent magnet motor. 10 KOHM
SPEED ADJUST
S2
POTENTIOMETER

S1

L1

N
L2

MANUAL
F1

F2 AUTO
NLT

WITH 115 VAC INPUT:


CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 50 VOLT FIELD.
CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD.
9 REF (+)
WITH 230 VAC INPUT:
8 COM (-) CONNECT TO TERMINAL 1 FOR 100 VOLT FIELD.
CONNECT TO TERMINAL 6 FOR 200 VOLT FIELD.
7
+ MOTOR FIELD
(SHUNT WOUND
6 MOTORS ONLY)

5 + MOTOR
ARMATURE
4 90 VDC (180 VDC)
FU2
3

2 230 VAC LINE VOLTAGE


INPUTS
115 VAC
1
FU1

EARTH GROUND
(GREEN SCREWS)

MM301U / MM311U MM301A

TACHOGENERATOR
R502
MOV502

(OPTIONAL)

NEG (-) POS (+) MOV501


P507

VOLTAGE
SIGNAL
VOLTS

P506
TACH

T2
DECEL

CW
T1

F502
SW505
IR COMP

10KOHM
S3
ACCEL

SPEED ADJUST
P504

S2
CURRENT

POTENTIOMETER
SIGNAL

SIGNAL
CURRENT
LIMIT

S1

P505

L2 FRM SW L1 A2 TO SW A1
CONNECTIONS
P503

B3

P502
L2 TO SW L1 A2 FRM SW A1
B2
RUN

IL503

TB502
SPD
MIN

B1
MAX
SPD

P501
IL502
CL

F501
MOV503
IC502
C502

TB501
K501
POWER

IL501

IC501
C501

START STOP
NOTE: DO NOT make
C509

(N.O.) (N.C.) any connections to


IC503
IC504

C508

IC505

C506 C507
F1 and F2 if using a
permanent magnet motor.
C503
C504

L2-230
L2-115

A2

A1
F1

F2

L1
A2

POS (+) NEG (-)


MOTOR
A1

+
TB501

F2

T501
FU504

115 230 230 115


230 VAC
SW502 SW501
IC506

D501
POWER
F1

C505
D502
FIELD OUTPUT CONNECTIONS
SHUNT WOUND 115 VAC
MOTORS ONLY

EARTH GROUND FIELD LINE VOLTAGE INPUT MOTOR


(GREEN SCREW) OUTPUT (115 or 230 VAC) ARMATURE
L2

115/230 VAC
INPUT VOLTAGE

NOTE: DO NOT make


L1

EMERGENCY any connections to


STOP SWITCH
F1 and F2 if using a
permanent magnet motor.

MM501U MC10 / MC10-R

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 63
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

SIGNAL / MANUAL SWITCH


The signal/manual switch on
the case cover is factory-wired
to Pins 1, 2, & 3 on SO501.

IC1

3 R9
R7
2
R8 C4
1 SIG MIN. SIG MAX
SO501

P502 P501
PL501

TQ LIMIT ACCEL DECEL


D501
C3 D502
IR COMP MIN. SPD MAX SPD

R5
R6
1 2 3 4

TB501

Q2 R1 T501

C1
R3
RSH
C2 Q1
R4

RSH = 1000 OHM* for 4 - 20 mA


RSH = 250 OHM* for 10 - 50 mA R2
RSH = NOT USED for 1 - 5 mA
RSH = NOT USED for 0 - 10V signal
* Use 1/4 Watt 5% Tolerance
TERMINAL 2
+ 0 - 10V
TERMINAL 3 CW
(-) COMMON
SPEED ADJUST
SIGNAL INPUT

MC10-PCM MM31700B / MM31701B


(See MC10 / MC10-R for bottom board wiring)

Speed Adjust
Potentiometer

R507
SPD SPD

N
MOV501 MIN MAX

R505
CONNECTIONS TO SPADE LUGS
D502

ON BOTTOM SIDE OF BOARD D501

L2 C503
C501
5A Fuse L1

R504
A2

- A1 C502

Emergency R506
A
Stop Switch
+ D504 D503

RD16U
115 VAC
115 VAC

MM31750B / MM31751B RD16U

MOTOR
R502 A-
R504

A+

+ DC IN
10K OHM CURRENT

A+; F+ SPEED ADJUST LIMIT

NEUTRAL
POTENTIOMETER ACCEL /
C501
L2 R501
DECEL

LINE INPUT
115 VAC
A W
L S1

S2 R503
- DC IN

HOT L1 H S3

FUSE
IR COMP
3AG ARMATURE
A- 0 - 90 VDC CW
MAX SPEED FUSE

SPEED POT FACTORY FIELD (OPTIONAL)


F-
MOUNTED ON OTHER 100 VDC
SIDE OF BOARD

STOP
SWITCH

AC LINE
VOLTAGE
120 VAC

SQ16U / SQ216U XPxx-115AC

64 • WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

MOTOR
CONNECT TO HEADER BLOCK A1
C504 C505
C502

A2
C501

R502
Signal
Reference (+)
T501

POS R501

L1 L2 A1 A2 S3 S2 H2 H1 NEG

S1 Signal
C503
SIG ADJ IR COMP

BUS-
S1

Common (-)

TH501
S2 SW501
INPUT

MAN SIG

BUS+
S3

FUSE

MAX SPD MIN SPD TQ LIMIT


RUN

CW STOP
STOP
STOP SWITCH
SWITCH

10K OHM
SPEED ADJUST AC LINE
MOTOR
ARMATURE
POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE
120 VAC

XP02-115AC-Q PCMXPxx-115AC

CW
S3 C505
C504
C503 MOTOR
C502

A1
R501
N
S2
S1

A2
T501
INHIBIT

L2
10K OHM D
*FUSE

C501

Q503

L1
SPEED ADJUST CURRENT
IL502

POTENTIOMETER
LIMIT
TH501

CURRENT LIMIT
POWER IL501
FUSE

MAX SPD MIN SPD IR COMP DECEL ACCEL

STOP
Inhibit SWITCH
Terminals

* NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2 AC LINE


VOLTAGE
unless input voltage is 230 VAC.
120/240 VAC

C1XPxx-115AC-A MMXLxx-D230AC

CURR
Inhibit LIMIT

Terminals
INHIBIT IL501 IL502

C505
S3 C503 MOTOR TB501
C504 C502
A1
R501

Signal Reference (+)


S2
S1

Signal Common (-)


A2
T501
INHIBIT

L2

D
*FUSE L1 L2 S1 S2 S3 F1 F2 A1
C501

Q503

L1

IL502
CURRENT
LIMIT
TH501
+
CURRENT LIMIT
POWER IL501
FUSE
CW
MAX SPD MIN SPD IR COMP DECEL ACCEL

*FUSE

10K OHM FIELD MOTOR


STOP SPEED ADJUST OUTPUT ARMATURE
POTENTIOMETER
Inhibit SWITCH STOP
SWITCH
Terminals NOTE: DO NOT make
any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a
* NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2 AC LINE AC LINE
permanent magnet motor.
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
unless input voltage is 230 VAC. 120/240 VAC
120/240 VAC
* NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2
unless input voltage is 230 VAC.

MMXLxx-D230AC-PCM XL3025A / XL3050A / XL3200A

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 65
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

PS2 PS4
C505 CURR
Inhibit Inhibit LIMIT

Terminals POWER CURR +15 INHIBIT Terminals


PS1
S PS
PS3
INHIBIT IL501 IL502

TB501
MAX SPD TORQ LIMIT IR COMP

MIN SPD DECEL ACCEL JOG

L1 115 230 F1 F2 A1
115
S1 S2 S3 G
SPD SPD JOG A2 VAC
IN +

230 VAC

L1 230 115 F+ A1 F- A2
AC LINE FIELD MOTOR
VOLTAGE OUTPUT ARMATURE
230 NOTE: DO NOT make
VAC
any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a * NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2 NOTE: DO NOT make
permanent magnet motor. unless input voltage is 230 VAC.
115 VAC any connections to
F1 and F2 if using a
AC LINE FIELD MOTOR permanent magnet motor.
VOLTAGE OUTPUT ARMATURE

XL3300A C4XL3025

PS2 PS4
C505

Inhibit
Terminals POWER CURR +15 INHIBIT
PS1
S PS
PS3

INHIBIT SWITCH

SCR502

INHIBIT
SO501
R501 SO502

S0502
(OPTIONAL)

INH-RUN
2
RUN

N
MAX SPD TORQ LIMIT IR COMP
TACHOGENERATOR

SCR501
33

T2
T505

INH-RUN
(OPTIONAL)
22

T1
SW502 C502
IC501

-15 +15
115
11
COAST TO
STOP

230
REGENERATIVE BRAKE

S0 RB1 RB2
FU501 FU502
MIN SPD DECEL ACCEL JOG
FAST ACTING
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

230
FUSES ONLY

L1 L2
ENABLE

115

S1
SW501 C503
IC502 10K OHM SPEED ADJUST
SWITCH

S2
POTENTIOMETER
(OPTIONAL) TB501

S3
TB502 CW
C504

S1 S2 S3 G
SPD SPD JOG A2
C505

IN NOTE: DO NOT
L1 L2 L2
GND F1 F2 A2 A1
make any connections
230V 115V

to T1 and T2 unless
using a tachogenerator.
230 VAC

115 VAC

L1 230 115 F+ A1 F- A2
NOTE: DO NOT
AC LINE FIELD make any connections
VOLTAGE MOTOR to F1 and F2 is using
120/240 VAC
230 STOP a permanet magnet
NOTE: DO NOT make SWITCH EARTH motor.
VAC
any connections to GROUND
F1 and F2 if using a
115 VAC permanent magnet motor.

AC LINE FIELD MOTOR


VOLTAGE OUTPUT ARMATURE

C4XL3200A RG500UA / RG510UA-PCM

DIRECTION
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
TACH
DB
REV ACC

INHIBIT SWITCH NOTE: DO NOT


FWD ACC

1 2 3
IN H IB IT
SO501

SO502
(OPTIONAL) make any connections
IN H - R U N
MAX SPD

to T1 and T2 unless
TACHOGENERATOR using a tachogenerator.
T2
IR COMP

(OPTIONAL)
S0 R B 1R B 2 - 15 + 15 T1

C 502
IC 5 0 1
SW 502
REV TQ

115
PREWIRED TO RGA
BOTTOM BOARD
FWD TQ

F 1F 2
230 230

NOTE: DO NOT FA S T IN G
MIN SPD

FU S N LY
make any connections
to T1 and T2 unless S0502
115

S1

using a tachogenerator.
R501
SW 501
IC 5 0 2 RUN
C 503
33
S2

ENABLE
INH-RUN

TACHOGENERATOR
IN
SCR501

22
1

S3
T2

TB 501
SWITCH
T505

(OPTIONAL)
T1

L1 L2 L2
GND F 1 F2 A2 A1
11

SW502 C502 TB 502


230V 115 V
(OPTIONAL)
IC501
C 504

COAST TO
-15 +15
115

C 505
STOP
REGENERATIVE BRAKE
230

S0 RB1 RB2

FU501 FU502
FAST ACTING
SWITCH (OPTIONAL) L1 L2 L2
GND F1 F2 A2 A1
230

FUSES ONLY 230V 115V


L1 L2
115
115

S1

SW501 IC502
C503

VAC
S2

TB501
S0502 NOTE: DO NOT
S3

TB502
RUN RUN make any connections
33

MOTOR to F1 and F2 is using


C504

INH-RUN

INHIBIT

C505

230 VAC
22

a permanet magnet
L1 L2 L2
GND F1 F2 A2 A1 motor.
1
1

230V REGEN TO
FIELD
115V
COAST TO
STOP
STOP ENABLE INHIBIT AC LINE
SWITCH SWITCH
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) VOLTAGE
230 VAC

115 VAC

NOTE: DO NOT
AC LINE FIELD make any connections
VOLTAGE MOTOR to F1 and F2 is using
120/240 VAC
STOP a permanet magnet
SWITCH EARTH motor.
GROUND

RG500UA-PCM / RG510UA-PCM RG500A / RG510A

66 • WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

MAX OFFSET
JUMPER SPEED POTENTIOMETER
SETTINGS CONNECTIONS

TB502 J502
ARMATURE FEEDBACK BI-DIRECTIONAL
90-180 ARM-TACH
• Jumper pins 2 & 3 OPERATION
Inhibit/Enable

SW 503
SW 504
FWD for -10 to +10 VDC
ACC TB501 S3 S2 S1
signal input
Terminals
C502

REV J502 • Jumper pins 1 & 2

C504
ACC
1 for 4 to 20 mA
MAX cw

JP 502
signal input

IC504
SPD

IC504
C503
*FUSE L2 INVERT
INHIBIT
IC501
A1
IR
AC LINE COMP INVERT C501 IC502
IC505 J501
ENABLE C503
VOLTAGE L1 IC503
REV FWD

TB 503
REV

IC503
TQ A2
120/240 VAC LIMIT
C504
• Jumper pins 1 & 2
10K OHM

Y501
FWD REV
STOP T503 for 4 to 20 mA

INHIBIT
FUSE GND
FWD
SPEED ADJUST
SWITCH
TQ signal input

TB502
IL501 IL502 POTENTIOMETER
DB • Open pins 1 & 2

IC502
for -10 to +10 VDC
MIN
IL503
INHIBIT SWITCH J501 signal input
SPD C502
(OPTIONAL)

COM
C501

+5V
POWER

INH

DIR

+IN
UNI-DIRECTIONAL

EN

-IN
S3

S2

S1
TACH
EARTH +15V
OPERATION
-15V
RB1
RB2

ENABLE SWITCH
S3
S2
S1
S0
T2
T1

(OPTIONAL)
GROUND IC501 IC506
TB501 S1 S2 COM
TB501

T501 TB501

cw
DIRECTION -10 to +10 VDC or
4 to 20 mA
ENABLE
SPEED ADJUST
INHIBIT SIGNAL INPUT
10K OHM
CW SPEED ADJUST
NOTE: DO NOT make
POTENTIOMETER
any connections to
T1 and T2 unless using TACHOGENERATOR REGENERATIVE SWITCH SETTINGS
(OPTIONAL) BRAKE SWITCH 10K OHM
a tachogenerator. (OPTIONAL) SPEED ADJUST For switch contact control of INHIBIT, connect contacts to INH & +5V. Close to brake to a stop.
POTENTIOMETER For switch contact control of ENABLE, connect contacts to EN & +5V. Close to coast to a stop.
For switch contact control of DIRECTION, connect contacts to DIR & +5V. Close to change direction.

RG60U / RG61U RG60U-PCM / RG61U-PCM


(see RG60U / RG61U for other board wiring)

connections see RG Series Pot Connections


RUN
REGEN B RAKE

INHIBIT
SWITCH
SO50 1

CS S3 S2 S1 S0 TP -15 +15 T1 T2 HV DIRCOM


REGEN BRAKE

DIRECTION

For additional speed pot


(OPTIONAL)
REGEN TO
T505
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
STOP
C515

on page 69
C502

IC501
1 15

MINIMUM SPEED
SW501

DECEL TO
23 0

S0502
RUN
TACHOGENERATOR
34
DISABLE/ENABLE

230
SW502

(OPTIONAL)

N
23

REV
11 5

NOTE: DO NOT
IC502
1
2

C503
C5 16

COAST TO
make any connections

FWD

RUN
STOP
1

DISABLE/ENABLE

FU504
to T1 and T2 unless
SW505
TB502

1 2 3 4

CW

REV
SO 502

using a tachogenerator.
R501

AC2

AC1

ENABLE (optional)
CFVS
1-5
4-20
10-50

TACH
SWITCH
FU502

L2

(OPTIONAL)

FWD
10K
C501

T2 T1 S2 RB2 RB1 COM DIR S1 S3 +15 -15 S0

VOLTAGE

115 VAC
LINE
12 1
L1

STOP SWITCH
TACH
P509
FU501

IR COMP
OFFSET
INHIBIT
LIMIT
CURRENT
IL504

P505
C5 04

C5 05

J501

+
- CURRENT
TB501

J502
OUT
LIMIT

TORQUE
REGEN

STOP SWITCH
P503
J504

3=Yout
2=COM
1=Iout
OUTPUTS
J504
FU503

1
SWITCH
STOP

2
3

TORQUE
MOTOR
C502
C503

P504

230 VAC
D 5 01

D 5 02

D 5 03

D 5 04

2&3=BRAKE
1&2=COAST
PERSONALITY
INHIBIT
JMP501
2&3=NC
1&2=NO
INHIBIT MODE
JMP503
MOTOR

AC LINE
ACCEL
REV
P507
VOLTAGE
A2

COAST

F1 F2 A2 A1
REGEN

MOTOR
OVER

IL503

VOLTAGE
2&3=CUR MODE
1&2=VEL MODE
CONTROL MODE
JMP502
A1

ACCEL
FWD

120/240 VAC
+

1
JMP501

P501
JMP502
2

IL501

IL502

L1
2
3

NOTE: DO NOT
DB-

SW502

SW501
1

P506
JMP503

SPD
MIN

L2 -230
make any connections
2
3

to F1 and F2 is using
MOTOR
TACH/CUR MODE

ARMATURE

240 VDC

130 VDC
INHIBIT

MAX
FWD
P502

a permanet magnet
FEEDBACK

VOLTAGE OUT
ARMATURE

L2-115
DB+

motor.

GROUND
Dynamic Brake

EARTH
FIELD
OFFSET
INPUT

MAX
REV
P510
Resistor

GND
P511

EARTH
GROUND

RG5500U NRG Series

DIRECTION ENABLE
TB503
SWITCH SWITCH

10K
SPEED POT
Common
+5V
Quad Encoder Zero Point
Quad Encoder A
Quad Encoder B

MOTOR
TB501

STOP
o o
SWITCH FUSE REVERSE INHIBIT (Close to Stop)

o o
FORWARD INHIBIT (Close to Stop)
TB502 AC LINE
U V W
Non-Doubler Connection

VOLTAGE o o
DIRECTION
ENABLE (Close to Run)
115/230 VAC o o
Doubler Connection

*FUSE
MOTOR o
o 10K SPEED POT
o
CW

Connect * NOTE: Do not add fuse to L2


unless input voltage is 230 VAC.
to BUS+
terminal

Dynamic
*FUSE
FUSE

*Fuse only if Brake


Resistor
using 230 VAC.

STOP
SWITCH

AC LINE
VOLTAGE
115/230 VAC

MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM / MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM HTL1.5-D-4Q

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 67
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

12 or 24 VDC
STOP
STOP FUSE
FUSE
SWITCH
SWITCH

AC1 AC2 A2
24V
24V
A1 A2
INPUT
INPUT

+ BUS

J501
MOTOR
MOTOR
230 VAC

A1
115 VAC

L2
+
+

S3
1 (S3)
- BUS 2 (S2)

10K OHM
L1 J503

10K OHM
POWER 1 3 (S1, COM)
2

S2
J502
3 4 (DIR)

SPEED ADJUST
SPEED ADJUST
CURR LIMIT
STOP
J504
24V 12V
1 5 (COM)
2
6 (FWI )
SWITCH
POTENTIOMETER
FWD REV FWD REV
POTENTIOMETER
3

S1
FWD REV MAX MAX CURR CURR IR MIN J505
7 (RVI )
ACCEL ACCEL SPEED SPEED LIMIT LIMIT COMP SPEED 1
2 8 (COM)

CW
3

AC LINE CCW
VOLTAGE
115/230 VAC

HTL05-D-4Q LV01-24AC-E10U

WARNING!
DO NOT APPLY AC
BR501 IC 5 0 1
AND DC POWER AT

N
THE SAME TIME! + ~ ~ -
STOP FUSE
D501 A1
+
+ SWITCH L1
+
+
C501 A2
24 VAC
24 VAC Q503 Q501 Q504 Q502
L2
INPUT
INPUT -
-
NEG (-)

-VDC INPUT
MOTOR
MOTOR
STOP
STOP EMERGENCY
OR
OR +
+ SWITCH
SWITCH
FUSE D C + IN
R501
STOP
SWITCH

+VDC INPUT
24 VDC
24 VDC
R502 POS (+)
D C - IN
INPUT
INPUT -
- C501 FUSE

C504

A2
MOTOR
C501 (ALTERNATE)

M IN S P D IR C O M P
CCW ARMATURE
CW S1
S1 1 2 3
+

A1
JP501 IL501
S2
S2 POWER L501
10K OHM
10K OHM TB501
C503
SPEED
SPEED ADJUST
ADJUST C502 S3
MIN SPD ACCEL MAX SPD IR COMP CUR LIMIT
POTENTIOMETER
POTENTIOMETER S3
SO501

CW C506

INHIBIT R502 C505

MAX SPD T Q L IM IT

LV02-24AC / LV02-24DC DC16-12/24 / DC60-12/24 / DC60-36/48

BATTERY

FUSE
10 o o
REVERSE INHIBIT
09
08 o o
BAT+ BAT- FORWARD INHIBIT
07
o o
REVERSE INHIBIT (Close to Stop)
06
o o DIRECTION
FORWARD INHIBIT (Close to Stop) 05 o o
MOTOR

ENABLE
DIRECTION 04 o o
o o
ENABLE (Close to Run)
o o 03 o
o 10K SPEED
o 10K SPEED POT 02 o
o
POT
CW
01 o

DC6-12/24-4Q DC20-12/24-4Q

68 • WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

A1 TO BAT+
EN o o

IR COMP
MIN
ACCEL DECEL
FWD
SPEED
REV
SPEED
MOTOR
CL
REGEN
CL
IR
COMP SPEED CLOSE TO ENABLE
COIL COM

REGEN
TQ LIM TQ LIM
DIR o o
+BAT CLOSE TO CHANGE DIRECTION
COM
ELECTO-MECHANICAL BRAKE

MAX
REV

SPD
BRK (OPTIONAL)

MAX
DEC MIN SPD SPD
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10
STP o o
5 CLOSE TO BRAKE/STOP
BRAKE COIL

-BAT COM
S3 o
10K SPEED

ACC
10 COMMON S2 o
** Open POT
9 REV INHIBIT** o
to brake to COM
8 COMMON A2
a stop
7 FWD INHIBIT**

6 COMMON * Open
5 DIRECTION to coast to
4 ENABLE* a stop

3 COMMON
MOTOR
2 WIPER
SPEED
1 +5V ADJUST

DC30-12/24-4Q DC60-12/24-4Q / DC60-36/48-4Q

o
COM
S1
10K SPEED

o
POT

S2

o
S3

A2

N
COM

M
CLOSE TO ENABLE

DIRECTION
o o

o o

o o
BRAKE/STOP

CLOSE TO

A2
CHANGE

S1
CLOSE TO

A1

-
DIR

ACCEL
SPEED

S2
MIN

DECEL
MIN SP
COMP
IR

S3

MAX SP
REV
BATTERY

BAT-
STOP

MAX SP
REGEN

FWD

-
CL

PACK

REGEN
CL
COM
MOTOR

MOTOR
CLOSE FOR FOR WARD
CL

CL

BATTERY
DIR

Motor
MAIN MASTER
MAX FWD MAX REV

IR COMP
SPEED

PACK
CONTACTOR SWITCH
EN

COM (OPTIONAL)
SPEED

(OPTIONAL)

+
CLOSE TO ENABLE
DECEL

EN

BAT+
MASTER FUSE FUSE
BRK

ACCEL

MAIN COM
SWITCH
CONTACTOR BRAKE CLOSE TO BRAK E
(OPTIONAL) KEY/PRE-CHARGE
OPTIONAL HOLDING BRAKE COIL

(OPTIONAL) SWITCH
CONT

(OPTIONAL)
CHRGE NEG

COIL -
TB501

A1
COIL +
MAIN CONTACTOR COIL

PRE-

KEY/PRE-CHARGE
SWITCH

DC120-12/24-4Q DC240-36/48-4Q / DC250-12/24-4Q

DIRECTION ENABLE
TB503
SWITCH SWITCH

10K
SPEED POT
Hall Effect Sensor A
Hall Effect Sensor B
Hall Effect Sensor C
Common
+5V
Quad Encoder Zero Point
Quad Encoder A
Quad Encoder B

M2
Motor + +
M1

+ FDBK
TB502

TB501
SCALE
J502
FBK
+
TH FBK
FBK
VOLT CONT.

L2
COM

C502
+

Line Input Voltage POWER


115/230 VAC
TH1 TH2
+

TB502
U V W
Non-Doubler Connection

+
TB503

L1 MIN MAX
Doubler Connection

+ + TB501
+ + + + + + +
J501
S1 S2 S3 INH COM
MOTOR
INH

COM
S1

S2

S3
*FUSE
FUSE

*Fuse only if CCW


using 230 VAC.

Close to stop
STOP
SWITCH

AC LINE
VOLTAGE
115/230 VAC

MDBL03-D230-PCM / MDBL05-D230-PCM TA10-D

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 69
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

16 1

17 9 2
TB501

18 10 3
TQ MODE
FLT OUT

MOTOR CURRENT
DIRECTION
ENABLE

COM
+ BUS

COM
COM

S1
S2

19 11 4

20 12 5
0 – ±10 VDC

C L O S E F O R F O R WA R D
BAT + BAT - 13
A1
+
A2
21 6
C LO S E TO E N A B L E
BAT TERY PACK

V O LT A G E / T O R Q U E M O D E 22 14 7
A1 MOTOR
A2

23 8
15

15
DC1000-36/48-4Q
11
23
19
TURF
MODE
SWITCH
BRAKE
RELAY
BRAKE N.O. CRUISE
CYLINDER CONTROL
SIGNAL SET BUTTON

N 5

4
ISOLATED
SPEEDOMETER PULSETRAIN
(optional) SIGNAL

9
CHARGER
16

MAIN CONTACT
3 COIL

BACKUP
ALARM
15 VDC

17

10

KEY
SWITCH

SWITCH
22

TOW GND ** 12
SWITCH SIGNAL
7
VCC
1

8
A1 + 6
MAIN
M CONTACTOR
N.O.

18
A2 -
F1 F2
2
EZ-GO INDUCTIVE THROTTLE *

14
- + 20
MAIN BATTERY PACK FWD REV

21
DC500N-4Q-36/48

70 • WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

Motor Windings
Motor Windings

ENABLE/DISABLE
(Open to Disable)
ENABLE/DISABLE

E2
(Open to Disable) U Y W
E2

U Y W

E1
TB501
E1

TH501

S1
TB501 DECEL BOOST

L2
S1

TQ
DECEL BOOST

S2
ACCEL
TQ C501
TQ LIMIT
S2

ACCEL
TQ LIMIT

S3
CW
MAX
S3
CW

J501 JMP501
FAULT

D
MAX

J503
C502
J501 JMP501 J501
DIRECTION SWITCH
D

115V
(Close to Reverse) START/STOP
DIRECTION SWITCH
POWER IC502
FUSE SWITCH
(Close to Reverse) AC AC - START/STOP
IC502
FUSE SWITCH C510

230V
C510 L2
FUSE

L1
J502
FUSE
L1

VFDxx-115AC / VFDxx-230AC VFDxx-D230AC

VOLTAGE
115 VAC
AC LINE
VOLTAGE
115 VAC
AC LINE

NEUTRAL
NEUTRAL

HOT
HOT

SWITCH
N
STOP
SWITCH
STOP

DIRECTION

DIRECTION
SWITCH
SWITCH

FUSE

TB501
TB501
DIR
DIR
L2
115
FUSE

115 VAC IN S3

SPEED
POT
S3
SPEED

S2
POT

STATUS LEDS
S2 L1 S1
STATUS LEDS
L1 S1 E1
115 VAC IN 230 VAC IN
E1
L2 E2
230
FUSE

FUSE

L2

ENABLE/ DISABLE

(open to disable)
E2
115
ENABLE/ DISABLE

SWITCH
(open to disable)

U ON
SW501
MOTOR

MAX
SWITCH

MOTOR OUT MIN


SWITCH

U V
STOP

SW501
1 2 3 4
ON DECEL/
MOTOR

ACCEL DC BR
MOTOR OUT
MAX MIN W
V SLIP
1 2 3 4 BOOST TQ/LIM
DECEL/ COMP
ACCEL DC BR
W
VOLTAGE
230 VAC
AC LINE

SLIP
COMP
BOOST TQ/LIM

UPVFDxx-115AC UPVFDxx-D230AC

DIRECTION ENABLE
TB503
SWITCH SWITCH

10K
SPEED POT
Common
+5V
Quad Encoder Zero Point
Quad Encoder A
Quad Encoder B

TB501
FU502

JMP501
C508

115 VAC
JMP502

SCR502

SCR501

INSTALL JUMPER
FOR 115VAC

230 VAC
BR501
L1

C502

C501
IL501 JMP503
FU5
L2

JMP506
J501

R80
TB502
U V W
RESTART
UV TRIP

Non-Doubler Connection
COAST
BRAKE
Q11

D21
U

Q14
R89
R88

POWER FAULT

R76 C34
Q13
D18

C28
Doubler Connection

R75 C35
D20

ZERO
IC501

4mA
SET
IL501
D19

IL504
ENABLE
V

R84
C501

C38
C503

C502
W

IL502

T501

TB501
C504

3 = 4 - 20 mA
2 = 0 - 10 VDC
1 = 0 - 5 VDC
RANGE SELECT
JMP505

2-3 = mA
1-2 = VDC
INPUT SELECT
JMP504
TB502

CURRENT

TORQUE
BRAKE

BOOST

DECEL

ACCEL

MOTOR
BRAKE

COMP

1 2 3
IL503

JMP505

JMP504
TIME

LIMIT

SLIP

MAX

MIN

*FUSE
FUSE

*Fuse only if
using 230 VAC.

STOP
SWITCH

AC LINE
VOLTAGE
115/230 VAC

VFD05-D230-PCM / VFDP4X04-D230-PCM MDVFD03-D230-PCM / MDVF05-D230-PCM


VFDS4X05-D230-PCM

• WIRING DIAGRAMS 71
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

R1
S3 S3
R2
SPEED 2 CW CW
TOTAL SERIES
TOTAL SERIES
S2
SPEED 1 20K 20K
S2 RESISTANCE
RESISTANCE
OHM 10K OHMS
10K OHMS
OHM
S1 R3
S1
Independent Adjustable Speeds R4
Indepedent Adjustable Speeds
Multiple Fixed Speeds
Multiple Fixed Speeds

A1 9 (+) (+) 2 S2
A1 A2
Leader MOTOR 8 (-) 1 Follower
PCM4
Drive Drive
A2 7 (-) TB502 S1

TB501 10K Ohm


(optional)

DYNAMIC
BRAKE
RESISTOR

Leader-Follower Application
Leader-Follower Application
MOTOR FWD

BRAKE

REV

S3 CW

S2 10K OHM
SPEED ADJUST

N S1
POTENTIOMETER INHIBIT

RUN JOG

Reversing Circuit Connection


JOG Reversing Circuit Connection
PUSHBUTTON

RUN/JOG
RUN/JOGOption #1
Option #1

JOG
PUSHBUTTON
RUN

INHIBIT JOG

RUN/JOG
RUN/JOG Option#2#2
Option

ratiopotpotA A
ratio
66 22
(optional)
(optional)
CW
CW 10K A1
A1
10KOHM Ω
88 S2
S2 DRIVEAA
Drive Motor
Motor
PCM4
PCM4 AA
10KΩ
10K 77 11 S1
S1 A2
A2
OHM
S3
S3 HIGH
TB501
TB501 TB502
TB502
SPEED
SPEED 2.5K5KorOHM
5K Ohm

S2
S2
LOW
LOW CW 66 22 ratiopotpotB B
ratio
S1 SPEED
SPEED (optional)
S1 (optional) A1
A1
10K
10KOHMΩ
88 S2
S2 DRIVEBB
Drive Motor
Motor
PCM4
PCM4 BB
7
7 11 S1
S1 A2
A2
2.5K5KorOHM
5K Ohm
TB501
TB501 TB502
TB502

Adjustable Fixed Speeds Using Single Speed Potentiometer


Adjustable Fixed Speeds Using
Potentiometers in Series Control of Potentiometer
Multiple Drives
Potentiometers in Series Single Speed
Control of Multiple Drives

72 • 1Q WIRING DIAGRAMS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Wiring Diagrams

Independent Forward and Reverse Speeds Independent Forward and Reverse Speeds
with a Forward-Stop-Reverse Switch

Independent Adjustable Speeds


N
(Forward Direction) Forward-Reverse Switch

S0 S1 S2 S3

Limit Switch 2

Limit Switch 1 Forward / Reverse Switch

Forward-Stop-Reverse Switch
Forward / Reverse Switch
with end of travel limit switches

• 4Q WIRING DIAGRAMS 73
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

The motors use three phases of alternating current supplied to


the stator to provide the speed and torque necessary for your
motion control needs. These currents rise and fall in polarity
much like an ocean wave. The waves circulate around the stator
core at a frequency determined by the user and a drive such as
our variable frequency AC Induction VFD-PCM Series. The rotor
of the AC motor consists of multiple current paths (coils) inte-
grated throughout an iron core. This rotor construction is typi-
cally known as a squirrel cage design. Reaction between stator
and rotor coils result by transformer action across the stator/
rotor air gap. The induction motor is essentially a transformer
with a rotating secondary. The force that exists between primary
and secondary coils in a transformer appears as useful torque
in an induction motor. The rotor is pushed into rotation by the
ensuing stator wave. The frequency of the waves establishes the min. and max. speed control, slip compensation, accelera-
maximum speed but it does not provide the torque necessary to tion, torque boosting control, and many more features. Stan-
run at that speed. The voltage and resulting current provide the dard models are available to power induction motors up to
actual power to do the work. 1.5 HP.

RPM = (120 x Hz)/Poles The key advantages of this motor design vs. the permanent
N magnet brush or permanent magnet BLDC motor line is sim-
The stator field rotates at a speed determined by the frequency plicity, reliability, and durability. Positional feedback and high
and number of poles. The rotor always turns at a lower speed energy rare earth magnets are not necessary with this type
than the stator fields; if the rotor turned at a synchronous speed, of machine. Users may take advantage of standard power
there would be no change in flux linkage, no induced current, lines and wall outlets offering 115 VAC or 230 VAC. The
and no torque. The small difference in speed that produces flux complexity of these past machines did not come from the
cutting and motor action is called the slip. motor, but the control of that motor. Minarik has developed
the ideal economical drive solution to this dilemma with the

aforementioned VFD-PCM drive. This drive gives you com-
Our VFD-PCM Series accepts either 115 VAC or 230 VAC input
plete control of three phase induction motors.
and provides respective 3 phase output for these motors. The
PWM output gives us a high dynamic response for high perfor-
mance use, a very wide speed range and smooth motor control
through zero speed. The frequency range can be varied from 0 to
120 Hz with constant torque available up to 60 Hz, and constant
horsepower available above 60 Hz. The drive features solid-state
reversing with adjustable acceleration and deceleration. They
also feature adjustable current limit, line starting and stopping,

74 • AC SOLUTIONS
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

Regenerative drives have the ability to turn the mechanical energy required to brake a DC brushed motor back into electrical energy.
They do this by electrically reversing or braking DC brushed motors at a user-defined rate. Therefore, there are no mechanical relays or
resistors to wire or wear out. By controling torque in the opposite direction of speed, Regenerative drives can control overhauling loads
caused by gravity or inertia. Minarik Drives’ regenerative drives run on either SCR or PWM technology, giving you more options to choose
from. Any application that requires reversing, braking, or the control of overhauling loads should use a Regenerative drive.

Silicon Controlled Rectified (SCR) drives are excellent for


your everyday DC brushed applications. They have been
very popular and are low cost. Typically, SCR drives have
60:1 speed ranges and form factors of 1.37 at base.

Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) drives perform as well as SCR drives in similar applications, with several more advantages. PWM drives
add more flexibility to applications by being able to run on either AC or DC voltage. Their power devices switch at a rate over 120 times
faster than SCR power devices, thus producing “cleaner” DC voltages. A “clean” voltage means your motor will run cooler and quieter
over a wider speed range (100:1 compared to 60:1 of SCR drives). A cooler brushed DC motor will require longer maintenance periods
between replacing the brushes. The higher switching frequency is above the audible range, so there is no hum from the motor. The wider
speed range allows you to run the motor slower while maintaining control. Applications requiring cool, quiet, lower maintenance opera-
tion are perfect for PWM drives.

• DC DRIVE REFERENCE 75
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

Speed range is usually defined as the ratio of maximum system 3. System Speed Range
speed to the minimum system speed. For example, if the maxi-
mum speed is 1,750 RPM, and the speed range is 100:1, the Those who specify a system, or end-users, are usually
minimum speed will be 17.5 RPM. Using DC motors and drives only concerned with the most important specification, the
as an example, let’s analyze the three speed ranges listed be- system speed range. However, the system speed range is
low. a difficult specification to obtain from a catalog. Normal
listings show motor speed range and drive speed range
1) Motor speed range
2) Drive speed range only; rarely will you find system speed range listed. We
3) System speed range determine the system speed range by dividing the motor’s
speed at the maximum drive output voltage (with proper
1. Motor Speed Range regulations) by the motor’s minimum speed (before “cog-
ging”). We combine only the motor and drive parameters
This is generally published as the fastest a motor can run trou- that limit the system speed range. The maximum drive
ble-free divided by the slowest it will run before it begins to output is used because it is well below the maximum
“cog” (or “step”). Cogging occurs due to static friction in the speed of the motor. The minimum speed of the motor is
motor, inefficiencies in a pre-mounted gearbox and/or spacing used because it is well above the minimum output of the
between the commutator slots of a DC brush motor. The fewer drive (usually 2 to 3 volts are required to overcome the
the number of slots, the sooner (or higher speed) the motor will “dead zone” point of a motor).
“step”.

Many things may affect the actual system speed range.


N Fan-cooled motors rely on the fan to stay below the maximum Difficulties can arise when defining the minimum and
temperature of the motors. Often, a minimum fan speed is nec- maximum system speeds. For example, perhaps the
essary, thus narrowing the motor speed range. Many motors bench tests and burn in were unidirectional. The way
can run at 1 1/2 to 2 times their rated speed. Their potential the brushes seat on the commutator could affect speed
speed range may be artificially high. range in one direction. Ambient moisture might affect air
gap fluxes of the commutator. Temperature changes in
2. Drive Speed Range ambient air and/or the motor will affect magnetic field
strength, thus affecting system speed range as well.
This is generally published as the maximum output voltage of
the drive divided by the minimum output voltage of the drive. The most often overlooked culprit in narrowing the system
However, it should be published as the maximum output from speed range is the form factor of the drive output. The
the drive (where it can properly regulate motor speed), divided form factor from a drive worsens as motor speed reduces
by the minimum output (when it can properly regulate motor (lower output voltage) unless Minarik Drives PWM drives
speed). are used. This is a major concern when specifying motors,
and deserves its own explanation (see form factor discus-
The drive regulates motor speed by changing its output volt- sion on pg. 82).
age in response to the motor load. More voltage will be applied
when a motor begins to slow due to increased loading. Once Consult Minarik Drives’ factory engineers for assistance in
the drive exceeds the maximum output voltage limit, it cannot selecting a motor and drive that will meet your system’s
output any additional voltage. At this point, the drive surpasses speed range requirements. Typically, Minarik Drives speci-
the speed range and fails to regulate properly. fies SCR drives for a 60 to 1 speed range and DC brush
PWM drives are either 80 or 100 to 1 speed range.
The same concept holds true at minimum speed. The drive may
be capable of running a motor, with “cogging,” at 1 RPM. How-
ever, if the motor stalls when loaded, the drive speed range
cannot be used at the lower end since the drive allowed the
motor to stall.

76 • SPEED RANGE REFERENCE


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

REGULATION CURRENT LIMIT

We define the speed regulation of a DC brush-type motor as the


Motors can handle currents in excess of their rated values for
drive‘s ability to hold a desired set speed as the load seen by the
short periods of time. However, if operation outside of rated
motor changes. Speed Regulation is measured as a percentage of
values occurs for an excessive duration of time, armature
base speed, not set speed. For example, a 1% regulation on a 1750
and brush life are reduced, and eventually permanent motor
RPM motor means the speed may fluctuate ±17.5 RPM from no load
damage will occur. Minarik drives generally possess a current
to full load.
limit (or torque limit) trimpot adjustment that allows users to
limit the amount of current drawn by a motor. Consequently,
Once the motor sees a load in excess of its rating, the drive may go
users can limit the torque delivered to the load from a motor.
into “current limit” to protect the motor. Until then, we want the drive
to regulate speed. The amount of regulation required depends on the
Note: This adjustment is designed to limit steady state over-
application; users set its value by calibrating the IR COMP trimpot on
loads and may not limit very fast changing (impulse) type
the drive.
loads.
Applications requiring tight regulation might be:

a) Cut-to-length

b) Leader-follower (involving multiple axes)


EFFICIENCY
c) Winding applications

d) Printing, marking, labeling, and gluing


(requires a high level of accuracy)
Efficiency is usually described as h= (power output ÷ power
input) x 100% .
N
System efficiency corresponds inversely with power con-
Applications where precise speed regulation may not be as critical:
sumption from the power company. Higher system efficien-
cies consume less electricity than lower system efficiencies.
a) High-speed braking and reversing They also correspond, though not linearly, with system life.
applications (like index tables, palletizers, Primarily, we are concerned with the efficiencies of the mo-
strapping, cranes, hoists, lifts) tor, drive and system.

b) Applications where simply moving from point When a device cannot convert all of the input power into
A to point B is sufficient work, the excess energy is wasted as heat and sometimes,
noise. Usually, one must know the efficiency of the motor and
c) Applications where an operator uses visual drive only for a calculation of heat dissipation; for example,
feedback (eyesight) to make speed adjustments when sizing an enclosure for a drive. Another example might
be the sizing of a cooling fan for a non-ventilated motor. The
greatest contributing factor to motor and system efficiency
is form factor. The graph below describes typical system ef-
ficiencies using Minarik drives.

• REGULATION, CURRENT LIMIT & EFFICIENCY REFERENCE 77


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

DEADBAND ADJUSTABLE ACCELERATION & DECELERATION

Some Minarik Drives regenerative drives contain the deadband These settings are often referred to as soft start and soft stop. They
feature for applications requiring the ability to adjust the time that are useful in applications that require the motor to ramp up to set
elapses between current reversals. Adjustments to the deadband speed, and ramp down to a slower speed; a filling machine convey-

trimpot will alter the degree to which a motor resists changes in or is a good example. Here we don’t want liquid in the containers to

shaft position at zero speed. It performs this function by applying spill because of abrupt changes in speed. These trimpots are also

a small AC voltage to the motor armature. useful in applications using an undersized motor due to space con-
straints (centrifuges for example). A very slow acceleration helps to
avoid going into current limit as the motor accelerates to set speed.

MINIMUM (MIN) & MAXIMUM (MAX) SPEED Turning the acceleration or deceleration trimpot clockwise will
lengthen the time it takes for the speed change to occur.
These application specific settings are present on most drives
as a convenience to users. The minimum speed trimpot (MIN Single quadrant drives can not stop the motor any faster than a
Speed) allows one to adjust output voltage to the motor when coast. If quick stopping is needed then use a regenerative drive.
the reference to the drive is at a minimum. The reference may
be 0 volts input with a 0-10 VDC signal, or with the main speed
N
potentiometer turned fully counter clockwise. If the application
requires the motor to continue rotating, even with a zero refer-
ence input, rotate the MIN speed trimpot clockwise to the de-
sired minimum speed. The minimum speed is important in appli-
cations such as conveyor ovens, where stopping the motor could
damage the product in the machine.

The maximum speed setting (MAX Speed) determines the fastest


motor speed allowable when the main speed pot (or reference
voltage) is at 100%. With this adjustment, we can overspeed the
motor slightly, or we can limit the speed below the motor’s maxi-
mum speed rating. The MAX speed trimpot is especially useful
when we cannot obtain the exact motor for our desired speed.
Simply use one that can go faster, and reduce the maximum
speed setting during calibration.

78 • DEADBAND, MIN/MAX SPEED & ACCEL/DECEL REFERENCE


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

DYNAMIC BRAKING INHIBIT

Minarik Drives always recommends regenerative drives when ap- Depending on the application, users may want to ramp their mo-
plications require fast, contactorless braking and reversing. Even tor down slowly (decelerate), while others may need to stop more
when reversing is not fast or frequent, regenerative drives may quickly. For rapid or frequent motor stopping capability, most ap-
still be the most long term economical solution. However, certain plications require regenerative drives. However, typical Minarik
situations may call for another method known as dynamic brak- Drives drives contain inhibit circuitry. Inhibiting a drive causes
ing and reversing. This method uses a relay or switch rated for the output voltage to fall to zero or to a level determined by the
motor current, and a properly sized resistor. The brake resistor minimum speed trimpot.
converts the energy of the load into thermal energy in the brake
resistor. A smaller Ohm rating of the resistor means faster stop- Inhibiting occurs by closing a switch on most drives, and open-
ping. Minarik Drives recommends starting with a 40 Ohm, 40 ing a switch on others. Inhibiting single-quadrant drives simply
Watt resistor. It is always recommended that the armature be reduces the drive output to zero (or a calibrated minimum volt-
disconnected only when the drive’s output voltage is zero. age) which allows the motor and its load to coast. The drive ap-
plies no braking torque, rather the system friction provides the
retarding forces. Inhibit bypasses the decel setting for “coast-to-
stop”. Opening the inhibit switch allows the motor to accelerate
smoothly to its set speed. N

In four-quadrant (regenerative) drives, shorting the inhibit ter-


minals will regeneratively brake the motor. It bypasses both the
minimum speed and the deceleration settings for rapid braking
determined by the torque trimpot setting. Depending on the drive
wiring scheme, users can regeneratively brake a motor (follow-
ing the deceleration setting) to a stop, decelerate the motor to
minimum speed, or coast the motor to a stop (without removing
power) by shorting the INHIBIT-RUN terminals.

Note: It is critical that the drive’s output voltage is 0 VDC be-


fore reversing or braking. If using two relays in place of the
above drawing, the motor relay should have a “delay on the
make” and the inhibit relay should have a “delay on the break”.

• DYNAMIC BRAKING & INHIBIT REFERENCE 79


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

ISOLATION
There are two basic methods of isolation used by Minarik
Motor windings are simply coils of wire separated by insulating ma- Drives:
terial. Only the base and outside of the motor is touching “earth
ground.” The drives use one of the wires coming from these motor
1. ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS
coils as “common”. Common is the point in the control circuit from
which all other internal voltages are referenced. This part of the
motor coil is the drive’s zero reference. Minarik Drives uses a simple push-pull transistor pair to
transform an external DC signal into square-wave AC. Since
Common and earth ground are at a high voltage potential from transformers can only transmit AC, the DC signal from the
each other, typically equal to the line voltage. If we plugged a drive
remote source must be “sampled” into AC. Then, the signal
into a 115 VAC line socket, and measured the voltage from the
goes through a 1:1 isolation transformer; subsequently, a
drive’s common to earth ground, we would see about 115 VAC.
bridge rectifier converts it back into DC. This method is 2 to
We say the drive floats above ground since these two points have
3 times more linear than an opto-coupled device, but volt-
a very large potential difference.
age drops still exist across the transistors and diode bridge.

Often control signals from an external source (such as a PLC or Our USIM-8 isolation module, and PCM20000 and PCMXP
transducer) are referenced to earth ground. If we set a grounded drives use this method.
0-10 VDC analog signal to 0 VDC, and measure from that point to
earth ground, we would see “0 VDC”. An attempt to connect this
source directly into the drive would result in catastrophic failure 2. INTERNALLY ISOLATED OP-AMP
of the signal source and/or the drive. Therefore, we must use a
N device that provides good electrical isolation between these two
points. An isolation device takes the incoming voltage from the This is Minarik Drives’ most reliable method of isolation.
signal source, and makes an “image” of this voltage, but isolated,
The Integrated Circuit (IC) uses a uniquely isolated op-amp,
for the drive to use as the reference. The output voltage is isolated
with feedback for excellent linearity. It is 300 times more
from the ground and safe to wire to the drive.
linear than the opto-coupler and has better isolation than
the other devices. More complex, the op-amp requires sup-
port circuitry to run. Minarik Drives provides separate isola-
tion modules to use with any motor drive, or with isolation
directly integrated into a drive. Minarik Drives’ PCM4 iso-
lation module, PCM adder card, RG5500U, MM300, and
MM-PCM among many other drives use this method.

80 • ISOLATION REFERENCE
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

SIZING AN ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE STANDARDS


for non-hazardous locations

There are numerous issues to consider when sizing an enclosure for

Indirect hosedown & heavy splash


a drive: motor nameplate rating, type of material, style and appear-

Dust, lint, fibers (non-volatile)

Oil or coolant spray & splash


ance, environment, and internal volume of the drive. Two things affect

Falling liquid, light splash


Accidental bodily contact
the internal volume; first, the amount of depth for safe clearance of

Oil or coolant seepage


components mounted inside of the enclosure; second, the amount

Corrosion Resistant
Rain, snow & sleet
Windblown dust
of volume necessary to dissipate the heat generated by the drive.
We either dissipate heat through a heatsinking device (similar to an

Falling dirt
Outdoors
aluminum back plane), or by letting it flow out to the “ambient” air. If

Indoors
Standard
there is sufficient aluminum in the enclosure’s back plane, then the NEMA (IEC)*
internal volume may be smaller.
NEMA 1 (IP10) x x x

NEMA 3 (IP54) x x x x x x x x
However, if using a plastic or steel enclosure, where little or no back-
plane exists to dissipate heat from the drive, then you will need to NEMA 4 (IP56) x x x x x x x x x

use forced air ventilation, or a larger volume inside the enclosure to NEMA 4X
x x x x x x x x x x
(IP56)
dissipate the heat into the “ambient” air.
NEMA 12
(IP52)
x x x x x

Most enclosure manufacturers use computers to quickly answer your NEMA 13


x x x x x x x
(IP54)
questions and recommend the correct size enclosure for your drive. N
*The IEC equivalents listed in this column are approxiamate. NEMA
DEPTH types meet or exceed the test requirements for the associated IEC
classifications.
All Minarik Drives’ SCR drives require at least 1” of clearance at the
top point of the drive. Filtered PWM drives (due to bus capacitors) Portection
1st Protection against 2nd
require at least 2” clearance from the top. When mounting anything against
DIGIT foreign objects DIGIT
moisture
into the lid, remember to make accommodations in the depth behind
0 Not protected 0 Not protected
the lid for components like switches and potentiometers.
Protected against Protected against
1 1
objects > 50 mm dipping water
HEAT DISSIPATION
Protected against
Protected against
Unfiltered SCR drives are typically 96% efficient, while filtered PWM 2
objects > 12 mm
2 dripping water when
tilted up to 15N
drives are typically 94% efficient. We calculate the heat dissipation by
Protected against Protected against
multiplying the power output to the motor measured in watts (1 HP 3 3
objects > 2.5 mm spraying water
motor at full load = 746 watts) by the inefficiency of the drive (0.04 Protected against Protected against
4 4
for SCR drives or 0.06 for PWM drives). objects > 1.0 mm splashing water

Protected against
5 Dust protected 5
water jets
Protected against
6 Dust tight 6
heavy seas
Protection against the
----------------- 7
effects of immersion
Protection against
----------------- 8
submersion

• ENCLOSURE REFERENCE 81
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

FORM FACTOR CALIBRATION REVIEW

Form factor is a figure that indicates how much the The following section reviews calibration of most single
current departs from pure DC. Mathematically, form quadrant drives. Four quadrant drives use similar cali-
factor is the quotient of RMS current and average bration techniques, but for two directions.
(AVG) current:
MIN SPD
RMS Current (AC) The MIN SPD setting determines the motor speed
AVG Current (DC) when the speed adjust potentiometer is turned full
CCW. It is factory set to zero speed.
Unity form factor represents pure DC. Values greater
than one indicate increasing departure from pure DC. Use the following procedure to set MIN SPD:
The practical effects of larger form factor input into a 1. Set the speed adjust potentiometer full CCW.
motor include increased heating, decreased brush life, 2. Adjust the MIN SPD trimpot until the motor has
and diminished motor and system efficiency. The form stopped (for zero speed setting), or is running at the
factor rating of a motor defines the maximum form fac- desired minimum speed.
tor for which the stated motor ratings apply. The output
form factor of the drive should never exceed the form MAX SPD
N
factor rating of the motor. The MAX SPD setting determines the motor speed
when the speed adjust potentiometer is turned full CW.
It is factory set for maximum rated voltage.
An unfiltered SCR drive output is not a fully rectified
sine wave at maximum speed. Form factors of approxi- Use the following procedure to set MAX SPD:
mately 1.37 are typical for an unfiltered SCR drive op- 1. Set the speed adjust potentiometer full CW.
erating at full speed. At lower speeds, the form factor 2. Adjust the MAX SPD trimpot until the motor is run-
of the armature output increases. The published form ning at the desired maximum speed.
factor rating of an SCR drive indicates only its best
(lowest) form factor value. TORQUE (CURRENT LIMIT)
The TORQUE setting determines the maximum torque
for accelerating and driving the motor.
The form factor of PWM drives does not exceed 1.05,
nor does it deteriorate as speed reduces. The form fac- Use the following procedure to set TORQUE:
tor rating of PWM drives is valid over the entire speed 1. With power disconnected from the drive, connect a
range, which accounts for the larger speed range of DC ammeter in series with the armature.
PWM drives. The low form factor can be a substantial 2. Set the TORQUE trimpot to minimum (full CCW)
system advantage over SCR drives in terms of efficien- 3. Set the speed adjust potentiometer to maximum
cy of operation and lower maintenance costs. speed (full CW).
4. Carefully lock the motor armature. Be sure that the
motor is firmly mounted.
5. Apply line power. The motor should be stopped.
6. Adjust the TORQUE trimpot CW slowly until the

82 • FORM FACTOR & CALIBRATION REFERENCE


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

CALIBRATION REVIEW CALIBRATION REVIEW

armature current is 150% of motor rated armature 1. Set the speed adjust potentiometer full CCW. The
current. motor should run at a minimum speed.
7. Turn the speed adjust potentiometer CCW until the 2. Turn the speed adjust potentiometer to full CW and
motor stops. measure the time it takes for the motor to go from
8. Remove the line power. minimum to maximum speed.
9. Remove the stall from the motor. 3. If the time measured in step 2 is not the desired
10. Remove the ammeter in series with the motor ar- acceleration time, turn the ACCEL trimpot CW for a
mature if it is no longer needed. slower accelertion time, or CCW for a faster accelera-
tion time. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until acceleration
IR COMP time is correct.
The IR COMP trimpot setting determines the degree
to which motor speed is held constant as the motor DECEL
load changes. The DECEL setting determines the time the motor
takes to ramp to a lower speed. See User Manual for
Use the following procedure to recaliabrated the IR approximate deceleration times. DECEL is factory set
COMP setting: for the fastest deceleration time (full CCW).
N
1. Turn the IR COMP trimpot to full CCW.
2. Set the speed adjust potentiometer until the motor Use the following procedure to set the deceleration
runs at midspeed without load (for example, 900 RPM time:
for an 1800 RPM motor). A hand held tachometer may 1. Set the speed adjust potentiometer full CW. The
be used to measure motor speed. motor should run at maximum speed.
3. Load the motor armature to its full load armature 2. Turn the speed adjust potentiometer to full CCW
current rating. The motor should slow down. and measure the time it takes the motor to go from
4. While keeping the load on the motor, rotate the IR maximum to minimum speed.
COMP trimpot CW until the motor runs at the speed 3. If the time measured in step 2 is not the desired
measured in step 2. If the motor does not maintain deceleration time, turn the DECEL trimpot CW for a
set speed as the load changes, gradually rotate the IR slower deceleration time, or CCW for a faster decelera-
COMP trimpot CW. If the motor oscillates (over com- tion time. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until the decelera-
pensation), the IR COMP trimpot may be set too high tion time is correct.
(CW). Turn the IR COMP trimpot CCW to stabilize the
motor speed.
5. Unload the motor.

ACCEL
The ACCEL setting determines the time the motor
takes to ramp to a higher speed. See User Manual for
approximate acceleration times. ACCEL is factory set
for the fastest acceleration time (full CCW).

Use the following procedure to set acceleration time:

• CALIBRATION REFERENCE CONTINUED 83


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

Acceleration/Deceleration The time rate of change in velocity; accelera- Current Limit (Torque Limit) This feature permits the operator to adjust the
tion refers to an increase in velocity, while deceleration refers to a decrease maximum current the motor can draw. This, in effect, limits the maximum torque
in velocity. Generally expressed as radians/sec/sec. Board-mounted trimmer the motor will produce.
potentiometers let users adjust the time it takes for the motor to reach set
speed. Dynamic Braking A way of quickly stopping a motor by disconnecting the power
source. The rotating motor then becomes a generator. When connected to a resis-
Actuator A device that converts various forms of energy, when given an tor, the energy of rotation is then dissipated as heat in the resistor.
input, to rotating or linear mechanical motion such as a motor.
Duty Cycle The ratio of operating time versus total cycle time of a motor. A motor
Air-Gap The area between the rotating and stationary members of an elec- has a continuous duty rating if it continues to operate for an indefinite amount of
tric motor. time and its normal operating temperature remains within the temperature limits
of its insulation system. A motor has an intermittent duty rating if it never reaches
Alternating Current (AC) Electrical current flow, usually generated by the a steady temperature, but is allowed to cool between operations.
utilities at 60 Hz, which continuously reverses direction in the middle of its
cycle. Mathematically, it follows a sine wave; it travels from zero, then reach- Enclosure A description of the motor or drive housing. The selected enclosure
es a maximum in one direction, decreases to zero, then reverses to reach a depends on the application’s environment and heat generated by the device.
maximum in the opposite direction.
Encoder A feedback device that translated mechanical motion into an electronic
Ambient Temperature The temperature of the medium, usually air, around signal or combination of signals (pulses).
a device such as a motor or drive.
Field Motor field windings provide the magnetic field, located in the stator of DC
Ampere (AMP) The standard unit of electrical current, or rate of electron shunt-wound motor, which interacts with the armature field to produce torque. PM
flow. A closed-loop electrical circuit with one volt of potential difference motors use magnets, instead of windings, to produce the stator field.
across one Ohm of resistance causes one ampere of current to flow.
Filter An electrical device used to suppress electrical noise, or to improve the DC
Armature The armature is the rotating member of an electric motor. In output to a DC motor.
brush-type DC motors, it consists of the main current carrying windings (con-
ductors). The commutator switches the power supply to the armature wind- Flyback Diode This is a super fast recovery diode that snubs current and voltage
ings to generate a magnetic field. spikes as a result of the fast transients that occur when IGBT, and MOSFETS are
turned on and off quickly.
Back-Emf Also known as counter emf (cemf), it is the voltage produced
across motor windings, due to the winding turns being cut by a magnetic Form Factor Form factor indicates how much AC component resides in the DC
field, during rotation of the motor. The back-emf is directly proportional to output from DC drives. Represented mathematically as the ratio of a signal’s root-
rotor velocity and opposite in polarity to the applied voltage. This static volt- mean square current value to its average current value. Any form factor value
N age arises from the generator action in a motor, even if the motor windings greater than one means that some of the current produces heat instead of torque.
are not energized.
Four-quadrant This term refers to a drive’s ability to control the velocity and
Backlash In a mechanical system, backlash is the relative motion between torque of a motor in either direction of rotation. The direction of torque can be in
two devices, connected by a coupler, gear, screw, etc. the opposite direction of the velocity for applications requiring braking or decelera-
tion. Single-quadrant drives, on the other hand, only produce torque and velocity
Bridge Rectifier A section of the DC drive that converts the AC power sup- in the same direction of rotation.
ply into a DC source.
Frequency Frequency refers to how often a complete cycle occurs in a unit of
Brushes The current conducting material, usually carbon or graphite, which time. Frequency is usually measured in cycles per second, or Hertz, where 1 cycle/
rests directly on the commutator of brush-type DC motor. They transmit cur- second equals 1 Hz. The standard AC power supply in the USA is 60 Hz, while 50
rent from the power supply to the armature. Hz remains common in many other countries of the world.

Capacitor A device which holds electrical charge for a period of time, pre- Friction The resistance to motion between surfaces.
vents the flow of direct current and allows the flow of alternating current.
These components serve as filters in DC drives to provide a “cleaner” DC Fuse A device connected to an electrical circuit designed to melt and open the
signal to the motor. circuit in the event of excess current flow.

Chassis Open construction of a drive for mounting within a customer’s exist- Gearhead A mechanical device that converts speed and torque to values required
ing enclosure or control console. by the application. Output torque increases, and output speed decreases propor-
tionally to the gear ratio.
Choke A filter device consisting of an inductor and a resistor. Although more
expensive than a typical RC filter, they exhibit better performance. Generator A machine that converts mechanical energy into electric energy.

Closed-loop A system that uses feedback information to regulate the out- Hall Effect Sensor These feedback devices, commonly used in brushless mo-
put response. The output feeds back to a controller for comparison to the tors, provide information for the amplifier to electronically commutate the motor.
input command; any difference results in a corresponding change in the The sensors generate commutation signals by sensing the position of a magne-
input command. Thus, the accuracy increases. tized wheel on the rotor.

Cogging Cogging refers to shaft rotation occurring in jerks or increments Horsepower The rate at which work is performed. It equals the speed multiplied
rather than smooth continuous motion. The non-uniform (“jerky”) rotation by torque, and a constant, depending on the units selected.
results from the armature’s propensity to certain discrete angular positions.
The interaction of the armature coils entering and leaving magnetic fields, Inductance A property of an electric circuit that represents its ability to resist
produced by the field coils or permanent magnets, causes speed changes. changes in current flow.
The armature tends to speed up and slow down as it cuts through the fields
during rotation. Cogging is very apparent at low speeds, and determines a Inertia A function of the mass and shape of an object. The inertia represents the
motor’s speed range. property of an object that resists a change in motion. An object’s inertia increases
directly with an increase in the object’s mass; also, increasing inertia loads require
Commutator A device mounted on the armature shaft and consisting of more force to accelerate and decelerate them.
a number of wedge shaped copper segments arranged around the shaft.
These segments are insulated from the shaft and from each other. The motor Inverter (Variable Frequency Drives) AC drive that varies the frequency and volt-
brushes ride on the periphery of the commutator, and electrically connect age applied to an AC motor to vary motor speed.
and switch the armature coils to the power source.

Conductor Any material, such as copper or aluminum, which offers little


resistance to the flow of electric current.

84 • GLOSSARY
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Terms & Definitions

IR Compensation It varies the amount of voltage to the armature in 2. Integral: This loop examines the average error over a number of samples, and
response to current (load) changes. It is adjustable via a board mounted makes the correction associated with it. For example: with a 20% error reading in
trimmer potentiometer. one window and 10% error in another, the integral loop may apply 15% error cor-
rection in the third window based on average of previous readings.
Isolated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) A power transistor with a gate
similar to the base of BJT. The difference is that the gate is electrically 3. Derivative: This loop reads instantaneous change in error, as opposed to the
insulated from the collector-emitter circuit. This allows high voltages and error itself. It analyzes how an error differs from a previous error and adjusts ac-
currents to be conducted. cordingly. PID combines all three loops resulting in an extremely accurate form
of digital error correction. Each loop checks and balances the other to assure
Jogging This feature provides a means of momentarily moving the motor the right amount of error correction. Lead-Lag is similar to PI in correcting error
at a different speed (normally slower) from the normal operating speed. through known error and average error. The difference is that this can over or under
Operators access this function using a separate control input. compensate, based on a trend or assumption of what is assumed will occur in the
next error. The error correction can lead or lag the actual error.
Load A term used to describe work require from a motor to drive equip-
ment attached at the shaft. Usually defined in units of horsepower, or Rated Values The rated value of a parameter (voltage, temp, etc.) is the maxi-
torque at a certain speed. mum value that the parameter can reach in an electric device operating continu-
ously without undue degradation, loss of its basic properties, or safety hazards.
MOSFET A Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor-Field-Effect-Transistor is similar to
standard field-effect transistors. MOSFETs can be a N or P type. They will or Regenerative Regenerative drives, often used interchangeably with four quad-
will not conduct from source to drain unless a voltage is applied to the gate rant drives, applies to the regeneration of energy from the motor and drive, back
of the MOSFET. They have turn-on and turn-off capability, as well as fast to the power source. A motor generates when the load forces the motor to go
reaction times. faster than the drive has set. Four quadrant drives can prevent motors from over
speeding. A four quadrant drive is regenerative when it puts the generated en-
NEMA The acronym stands for the National Electrical Manufacturers Asso- ergy back into the source, like a battery or the AC line. Also, the energy could be
ciation. The agency provides specification standards for motors and drives. dumped across a dynamic brake resistor or a dump resistor, as is the case in a
non-regenerative, four quadrant drive.
Noise (EMI/RFI) Electrical disturbances that interfere with proper trans-
mission of electrical signals. Noise can have adverse effects on system Relay These electronic components control other devices in a circuit. A set of
performance. contacts, the switching mechanism, open or close when the relay’s magnetic coil
becomes energized.
Non-volatile Memory A memory storage system that maintains informa-
tion during the loss of power. Resistance The opposition to current flow through a conductor in a closed circuit.

Ohm Unit of electrical resistance of a circuit in which a potential difference Rotor The rotating assembly of a motor. Usually includes a shaft, fan and rotor
of one volt produces a current of one ampere. core. N
Open-Collector An output signal, provided by a transistor, where the Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR) Also known as a thyristor, a SCR is basically
“open-collector output” acts like a switch closure to ground when activated. a diode with an extra junction tied to a third leg, known as the gate between the
cathode and anode. SCRs prevent current flow in either direction until the gate
Open-Loop A system that does not use feedback information to regulate receives a voltage signal. After receiving this trigger signal, the SCR then becomes
performance. a diode. It remains on, regardless of what happens at the gate, until the zero cross-
ing, at which point current ceases to flow.
Phase Lock Loop (PLL) Used for error correction, PLL refers to an exter-
nal digital controller that monitors digital feedback proportional to velocity. Servo A system consisting of an amplifier, actuator, and feedback element. Ser-
It compares that to a known number of counts that should be seen within vos tend to control one or combination of the following variables: position, velocity
a specified time frame, and calculates error based on its feedback. Minarik and torque.
Drives uses Phase Lock Loop on digital front-ends such as the DLC Series.
Speed Regulation Defined as the deviation in motor speed from No Load to Full
PLC A programmable logic controller (PLC) uses programmed logic instruc- Load; usually expressed as a percentage of base speed. Feedback devices, like a
tions to control banks of inputs and outputs which interface timed switch tachometer or digital closed loop control, provide increased regulation.
actuation to external electro-mechanical devices.
Stator The stationary part of a motor. A PM DC motor holds its magnets in the
Plugging A method to provide quick stopping or reversing of a motor by stator.
applying partial or full reverse voltage on the motor terminals during opera-
tion. Not recommended for DC systems since the life of the motor and drive Surge Suppressors These devices, like a metal oxide varistor (MOV), suppress
reduces. Permanent damage may result. voltage transients that can occur on the AC line.

Poles The magnetic poles in an electric motor that result from connec- Tachometer Feedback A tachometer (tach) generates a voltage proportional to
tion and placement of the windings in the motor. Besides poles created by speed. Tachs provide a closed-loop system with excellent speed regulation.
electricity, permanent magnets mounted in specific areas are poles with a
constant orientation. Torque A rotational force equal to an equivalent linear force applied at a right
angle to a radius of r.
Potentiometer (Pot) A passive device (variable resistor) used to vary
voltage between a minimum and maximum level. The standard speed pot Torque-to-Inertia Ratio The rated motor torque divided by its rotor inertia. Helps
is a 300° or single-turn. Operators control the speed of a motor from the determine a motor’s ability to accelerate loads.
potentiometer connected to a drive. Also, board-mounted trimmer pots
allow users to make calibrations. Transformer A passive device that raises or lowers AC voltage by induction.

Proportional-Integral-Derivative The act of recognizing a velocity or po- TTL (Transistor-Transistor Logic) A popular family of integrated circuit devices
sition error in a system, and applying correction (or voltage change) to the that operate from logic level voltages, 5 to 12 VDC.
system amplifier, thereby changing the motor’s speed or altering position.
PID refers to a group of gain parameters that tune or optimize the response Voltage Voltage is electric pressure. A volt is a unit of electromotive force which
of a closed-loop system. causes 1 Amp of current to flow through a 1 Ohm resistor.

1. Proportional: This feedback loop compares error and adds an equal Watts The power required to maintain one ampere of current at a pressure of one
amount of reference beyond the original. For example: with a 20% error, the volt when the two components are in phase with each other. A unit of horsepower
loop applies 20% more than the original reference. is equal to 746 watts.

• GLOSSARY 85
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Certifications

Page
Drive RoHS UL listed UL Recognized CSA CE TUV
Number

MM23001C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23001C-Q 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23011C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23011C-Q 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23101C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23111C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23201C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23211C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23401C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23411C 4 Yes Yes - Yes - -

MM23002D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23012D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23102D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23112D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23202D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23212D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM23402D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

N MM23412D 5 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

M1 6 - Yes - - - -

M2 7 Yes Yes - - - -

M2-D 7 Yes Yes - - - -

MM03-115AC-PCM 8 Yes Yes - - - -

MM03-230AC-PCM 8 Yes Yes - - - -

MM10-115AC-PCM 8 Yes Yes - - - -

MM10-230AC-PCM 8 Yes Yes - - - -

PCM21000A 9 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCM21010A 9 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCM22000A 9 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCM23001A 9 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCM23411A 9 Yes - - - - -

PCM23401A 9 Yes - Yes Yes - -

MM301U 10 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM311U 10 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM301A 10 Yes Yes - Yes Pending Pending

MM501U 10 - Yes - - Pending Pending

MC10 11 Yes Yes - - - -

MC10-PCM 11 Yes Yes - - - -

MC10-R 11 Yes Yes - - - -

XP02-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XP02-115AC-Q 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XP05-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XP10-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

C1XP01-115AC-A 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

C1XP03-115AC-A 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

86 • CERTIFICATIONS (DC DRIVES)


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Certifications

Page
Drive RoHS UL LIsted UL Recognized CSA CE TUV
Number

PCMXP02-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCMXP05-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

PCMXP10-115AC 13 Yes - Yes Yes - -

MMXL02-D240AC 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

MMXL02-D240AC-PCM 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

MMXL05-D240AC 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

MMXL05-D240AC-PCM 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

MMXL10-D240AC 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

MMXL10-D240AC-PCM 14 Yes - Yes Yes Pending Pending

XL3025A 15 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XL3050A 15 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XL3200A 15 Yes - Yes Yes - -

XL3300A 15 Yes - Yes Yes - -

C4XL3025 15 Yes - - - - -

C4XL3200A 15 Yes - - - - -

RG500UA 16 Yes Yes - Yes - -

RG500UA-PCM 16 Yes Yes - Yes - -

RG500A 16 Yes Yes - Yes - - N


RG510UA 16 Yes Yes - Yes - -

RG510UA-PCM 16 Yes Yes - Yes - -

RG510A 16 Yes Yes - Yes - -

RG501A 17 Yes Yes - - - -

RG511A 17 Yes Yes - - - -

RG60U 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG61U 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG60U-PCM 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG61U-PCM 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG60U-T 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG61U-T 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG60U-T-PCM 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG61U-T-PCM 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG60U-4S 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG61U-4S 18 Yes Yes - - - -

RG5500U 19 - Yes - - - -

NRG02-D240AC-4Q 20 Yes Yes - - - -

NRG02-D240AC-4Q-PCM 20 Yes Yes - - - -

NRG05-D240AC-4Q 20 Yes Yes - - - -

NRG05-D240AC-4Q-PCM 20 Yes Yes - - - -

NRG10-D240AC-4Q 20 Yes Yes - - - -

NRG10-D240AC-4Q 20 Yes Yes - - - -

MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM 21 Yes - - - - -

MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM 21 Yes - - - - -

• CERTIFICATIONS (DC DRIVES) 87


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Certifications

Page
Drive RoHS UL listed UL Recognized CSA CE TUV
Number

HTL02-D-4Q 22 Yes - - - - -

HTL05-D-4Q 22 Yes Yes - - - -

LV01-24AC-E10U 23 Yes Yes - - - -

LV02-24AC 23 Yes Yes - - - -

LV02-24DC 23 Yes Yes - - - -

DC1.5-12 24 Yes - - - - -

DC1.5-24 24 Yes - - - - -

DC6-12/24 24 Yes - - - - -

DC16-12/24 25 Yes Yes - - - -

DC60-12/24 25 Yes Yes - - - -

DC60-36/48 25 Yes Yes - - - -

DC6-12/24-4Q 26 Yes - - - - -

DC20-12/24-4Q 26 Yes - - - - -

DC30-12/24-4Q 27 Yes - - - - -

DC60-12/24-4Q 28 Yes - - - - -

DC120-12/24-4Q 29 Yes - - - - -

DC240-36/48-4Q 29 Yes - - - - -

N DC250-12/24-4Q 29 Yes - - - - -

DC500N-36/48 30 - - - - - -

DC1000-36/48-4Q 31 Yes - - - - -

MDBL03-D230-PCM 32 Yes - - - - -

MDBL05-D230-PCM 32 Yes - - - - -

88 • CERTIFICATIONS (LOW VOLTAGE & BRUSHLESS DRIVES)


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Certifications

Page
Drive RoHS UL listed UL Recognized CSA CE TUV
Number

TA10-D 33 Yes - - - - -

VFD02-115AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

VFD02-230AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

VFD02-D230AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

VFD04-115AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

VFD04-230AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

VFD04-D230AC 34 Yes Yes - - - -

UPVFD02-115AC 35 Yes - - - - -

UPVFD02-D230AC 35 Yes - - - - -

UPVFD04-115AC 35 Yes - - - - -

UPVFD04-D230AC 35 Yes - - - - -

VFD05-D230-PCM 36 Yes Yes - - - -

VFDA4X04-D230-PCM 36 Yes Yes - - - -

VFDF4X04-D230-PCM 36 Yes Yes - - - -

VFDP4X04-D230-PCM 36 Yes Yes - - - -

VFDS4X05-D230-PCM 36 Yes Yes - - - -

MDVF03-D230-PCM 37 Yes - - - - -

MDVF05-D230-PCM 37 Yes - - - - - N

• CERTIFICATIONS (AC DRIVES) 89


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PG PART # DESCRIPTION PG

032-0060 Brake Resistor 48 AC212T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

032-0062 Brake Resistor 48 AC212T-11 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

032-0076 Brake Resistor 48 AC212T-15 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

035-0007 Brake Resistor 48 AC212T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

035-0008 Brake Resistor 48 AC212T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

110-0038 Dial Plate 48 AC212T-5.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

134-0046 Serial Cable for DC500N-4Q-36/48 48 AC212T-7.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

140-0009 Knob 48 AC214T-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

155-0075 VT8 Cover 48 AC214T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

200-0386A Limit Switching Logic Board 43 AC214T-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

201-0024 Inhibit Plug with 18” Leads 48 AC214T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

201-0079 Inhibit Plug with 36” Leads 48 AC214T-11 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

201-0191 DLC600 Bezel & Lens 48 AC214T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

202-0014 DLC600 & VT8 Mounting Kit 48 AC214T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

220-0048 VT8 Bezel & Lens 48 AC214T-5.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

220-0049 VT8 Blank Bezel & Lens 48 AC214T-7.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39

223-0159 Heat Sink for drives with MM footprint 48 AC321S-0.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

N 223-0174 Heat Sink for NEMA 1 enclosed drives 48 AC321S-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

223-0235 Heat Sink for RG500 Series chassis 48 AC321S-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

223-0271 Heat Sink for XL3300A 48 AC321S-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-106 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322S-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-108 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322S-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-109 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322S-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-127 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322S-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-129 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322S-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-130 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322T-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

507-01-131 DC Inline Gearmotor 49 AC322T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

840-004 Remote Keypad for AC200 Series 41 AC322T-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

840-005 ACM100 & AC200 Series EPM Progr. 41 AC322T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

840-006 ACM100 & AC200 Series EPM Bulk 41 AC322T-11 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

840-010 Remote Keypad for ACM100 Series 41 AC322T-15 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

841-006 Remote Keypad for AC300 Series 41 AC322T-18.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC211S-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC322T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC211S-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC322T-22 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-0.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC322T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC322T-5.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC322T-7.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-11 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212B-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-15 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-18.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

AC212T-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 39 AC324T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40

90 • INDEX
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PG PART # DESCRIPTION PG

AC324T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40 DC250-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29

AC324T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40 DC30-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 27

AC324T-5.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40 DC30-12/24-4Q-L DC30-12/24-4Q for Linear Feedback 27

AC324T-7.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 40 DC30-12/24-4Q-W DC30-12/24-4Q with Wig/Wag Control 27

ACM110S-0.25 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC500N-4Q-36/48 4Q PWM NEMA 4X Low Volt w/ micro 30

ACM110S-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC60-12/24 1Q PWM Low Voltage 25

ACM110S-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC60-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage 28

ACM110S-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC60-36/48 1Q PWM Low Voltage 25

ACM112S-0.25 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC60-36/48-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage 28

ACM112S-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC6-12/24 1Q PWM Low Voltage 24

ACM112S-0.55 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DC6-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage 26

ACM112S-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 DLC600 Closed Loop Display 47

ACM112S-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 HTL05-D-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 22

ACM112S-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 HTL05-D-4Q-A HTL05-D-4Q for Cycling 22

ACM112S-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 HTL05-D-4Q-L HTL05-D-4Q for Linear Feedback 22

ACM112T-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 HTL05-D-4Q-T HTL05-D-4Q for Torque control 22

ACM112T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 HTL1.5-D-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 22

ACM112T-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 LV01-24AC-E10U 1Q PWM Low Voltage w/ AC input 23 N
ACM112T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 LV02-24AC 1Q PWM Low Voltage 23

ACM112T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 LV02-24DC 1Q PWM Low Voltage 23

ACM112T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 M1 1Q SCR w/ micro 6

ACM114T-0.4 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 M2 1Q SCR w/ micro for two motors 7

ACM114T-0.75 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 M2-D 1Q SCR w/ micro for two motors 7

ACM114T-1.1 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 MC10 1Q SCR NEMA 4X 11

ACM114T-1.5 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 MC10-PCM 1Q SCR NEMA 4X w/ Isolation 11

ACM114T-2.2 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 MC10-R 1Q SCR NEMA 4X w/ Reversing 11

ACM114T-3.7 Digital PWM Variable Frequency Drive 38 MDBL03-D230-PCM Brushless Drive 32

C1XP01-115AC-A 1Q PWM NEMA 1 13 MDBL05-D230-PCM Brushless Drive 32

C1XP03-115AC-A 1Q PWM NEMA 1 13 MDPM03-D230-4Q-PCM 4Q PWM w/ micro 21

C4XL3025 1Q PWM NEMA 4X 15 MDPM05-D230-4Q-PCM 4Q PWM w/ micro 21

C4XL3200A 1Q PWM NEMA 4X 15 MDVF03-D230-PCM VFD w/ micro & Isolation 37

CSC1 Current Sensing Card 43 MDVF05-D230-PCM VFD w/ micro & Isolation 37

DC1.5-12 1Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 24 MM03-115AC-PCM 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 8

DC1.5-24 1Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 24 MM03-230AC-PCM 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 8

DC1000-36/48-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 31 MM10-115AC-PCM 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 8

DC120-12/24-2Q 2Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29 MM10-230AC-PCM 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 8

DC120-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29 MM23001C 1Q SCR 4

DC16-12/24 1Q PWM Low Voltage 25 MM23001C-Q 1Q SCR w/ Quick Disconnect 4

DC2.0-12 1Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 24 MM23002D 1Q SCR 5

DC20-12/24-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 26 MM23011C 1Q SCR 4

DC240-36/48-2Q 2Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29 MM23011C-Q 1Q SCR w/ Quick Disconnect 4

DC240-36/48-4Q 4Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29 MM23012D 1Q SCR 5

DC250-12/24-2Q 2Q PWM Low Voltage w/ micro 29 MM23101C 1Q SCR NEMA 1 4

• INDEX 91
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PG PART # DESCRIPTION PG

MM23102D 1Q SCR NEMA 1 5 RG500A 4Q SCR NEMA 4X 16

MM23111C 1Q SCR NEMA 1 4 RG500UA 4Q SCR 16

MM23112D 1Q SCR NEMA 1 5 RG500UA-PCM 4Q SCR w/ Isolation 16

MM23201C 1Q SCR NEMA 1 w/ Reversing 4 RG501A 4Q SCR NEMA 4X for Cycling 17

MM23202D 1Q SCR NEMA 1 w/ Reversing 5 RG510A 4Q SCR NEMA 4X 16

MM23211C 1Q SCR NEMA 1 w/ Reversing 4 RG510UA 4Q SCR 16

MM23212D 1Q SCR NEMA 1 w/ Reversing 5 RG510UA-PCM 4Q SCR w/ Isolation 16

MM23401C 1Q SCR NEMA 4X 4 RG511A 4Q SCR NEMA 4X for Cycling 17

MM23402D 1Q SCR NEMA 4X 5 RG5500U 4Q SCR 19

MM23411C 1Q SCR NEMA 4X 4 RG60U 4Q SCR 18

MM23412D 1Q SCR NEMA 4X 5 RG60U-4S RG60U w/ Multi-speed board 18

MM301A 1Q SCR NEMA 4X w/ Isolation 10 RG60U-PCM RG60U w/ Isolation 18

MM301U 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 10 RG60U-T RG60U for Torque Control 18

MM311U 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 10 RG60U-T-PCM RG60U for Torque Control w/ Isolation 18

MM31700B 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12 RG61U 4Q SCR 18

MM31701B 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12 RG61U-4S RG61U w/ Multi-speed board 18

MM31750B 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12 RG61U-PCM RG61U w/ Isolation 18

N MM31751B 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12 RG61U-T RG61U for Torque Control 18

MM501U 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 10 RG61U-T-PCM RG61U for Torque Control w/ Isolation 18

MMXL02-D240AC 1Q PWM 14 SQ16U 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12

MMXL02-D240AC-PCM 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 14 SQ216U 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12

MMXL05-D240AC 1Q PWM 14 TA10-D AC Triac 33

MMXL05-D240AC-PCM 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 14 UPVFD02-115AC VFD w/ micro 35

MMXL10-D240AC 1Q PWM 14 UPVFD02-D230AC VFD w/ micro 35

MMXL10-D240AC-PCM 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 14 UPVFD04-115AC VFD w/ micro 35

NRG02-D240AC-4Q 4Q PWM 20 UPVFD04-D230AC VFD w/ micro 35

NRG02-D240AC-4Q-PCM 4Q PWM w/ Isolation 20 USIM-8 Isolation Card w/ 8 Outputs 42

NRG05-D240AC-4Q 4Q PWM 20 VFD02-115AC VFD, 115 VAC in - 115 VAC out 34

NRG05-D240AC-4Q-PCM 4Q PWM w/ Isolation 20 VFD02-230AC VFD, 230 VAC in - 230 VAC out 34

NRG10-115AC-4Q 4Q PWM 20 VFD02-D230AC VFD, 115/230 VAC in - 230 VAC out 34

NRG10-115AC-4Q-PCM 4Q PWM w/ Isolation 20 VFD04-115AC VFD, 115 VAC in - 115 VAC out 34

PCM21000A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VFD04-230AC VFD, 230 VAC in - 230 VAC out 34

PCM21010A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VFD04-D230AC VFD, 115/230 VAC in - 230 VAC out 34

PCM22000A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VFD05-D230-PCM VFD, 115/230 VAC in - 230 VAC out 36

PCM23001A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VFDP4X04-D230-PCM VFD NEMA 4X Plastic 36

PCM23401A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VFDS4X05-D230-PCM VFD NEMA 4X Steel 36

PCM23411A 1Q SCR w/ Isolation 9 VT8-D230AC Open Loop Display 46

PCM4 Isolation Card 42 XL3025A 1Q PWM 15

PCMXP02-115AC 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 13 XL3050A 1Q PWM 15

PCMXP05-115AC 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 13 XL3200A 1Q PWM 15

PCMXP10-115AC 1Q PWM w/ Isolation 13 XL3300A 1Q PWM w/ Jog 15

PK24 Encoder 45 XP02-115AC 1Q PWM 13

RD16U 1Q SCR for Panel Mounting 12 XP02-115AC-Q 1Q PWM w/ Quick Disconnect 13

92 • INDEX
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Index

PART # DESCRIPTION PG PART # DESCRIPTION PG

XP05-115AC 1Q PWM 13

XP10-115AC 1Q PWM 13

• INDEX 93
Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Cross Reference

FOOT- FOOT-
OLD MODELS NEW MODELS OLD MODELS NEW MODELS
NOTES NOTES
AC75 No longer available #1 MM201 MM23401C #5
AC100 No longer available #1 MM201U MM301U #3, #5
AC200 No longer available #1 MM2111A MM23111C #5
BC90 No longer available #1 MM21211A MM23211C #5
BC90UD4 MM23001C MM23001C-H MM23001C-Q #5
BC290 MM23101C MM23101A MM23101C #5
BC290UD4 MM23001C MM23201A MM23201C #5
BC2110UD4 MM501U MM23401A MM23401C #5
BC2150UD4 MM501U MM23411A MM23411C #5
BCT198UD4 No longer available #1 MM23021A XL3300A or MM501U #5
BCT2150UD4 No longer available #1 MM31002A MM23001C #5
C80U MM23001C #1 MM31700A MM31700B #5
C85U MM23001C MM31701A MM31701B #5
C280U MM23001C MM31750A MM31750B #5
C285U MM23001C MM31751A MM31751B #5
DLC120 DLC600 #5 MMR50 MM21211A or RG510A #2
DLC240 DLC600 #5 MMR51 MM21211A or RG510A #2
DLC300 DLC600 #5 MMR100 RG500A #5
DLC300-SPEC.0404 DLC600 #5 MMR101 RG500A #5
DLC400 DLC600 #5 MMR200 RG500A #5
DLC400-SPEC.0404 DLC600 #5 MMR201 RG500A #5
DLC500 DLC600 #5 MMR35 MM23201C
E10U No longer available #1 MMR60 MM23201C
E15U MM31610A #5 MMR90 MM23201C
E16U MM31610A #5 MMR230 MM23201C
N E50U MM23001C #5 MMR250 MM23201C
E51U MM23001C #5 MMR260 MM23201C
E250U MM23001C #5 MMR290 MM23201C
E251U MM23001C #5 MR6 MM21251C
FDC30 No longer available #1 MR14 MM21251C
M3U XP01-115AC-SL N80 MM23401C
M3UD2 XP01-115AC-SL N280 MM23401C
M6 MM21151C NR80 RG500A
M6UD1 XL3025A NR280 RG500A
M6UD2 XL3025A PCM1 PCM4
M6UD3 XL3025A PCM2 PCM4
M6UD4 XL3025A PCS1 PCM4
M14 MM21151C PCS2 PCM4
M14UD1 XL3025A PK3 PK15 OR PK17
M14UD2 XL3025A PK4 PK16
M14UD3 XL3025A RC115 No longer available #1
M14UD4 XL3025A RC230 No longer available #1
M26UD1 XL3025A RG50 RG510A #2
M26UD2 XL2035A RG50U RG51UA or RG500UA
M26UD3 XL3025A RG51U RG51UA or RG500UA
M26UD4 XL3025A RG101UC RG101UD #5
M35 MM23101C RG201UC RG201UD #5
M60 MM23101C RG100UA RG100UC or RG500UA
M90 MM23101C RG100UB RG100UC or RG500UA
M230 MM23101C RG101UA RG101UD #5
M250 MM23101C RG101UB RG101UD #5
M260 MM23101C RG102UA No longer available #1
M290 MM23101C RG200UA RG200UC OR RG500UA
MB653U RD16U RG200UB RG200UC OR RG500UA
MM50 MM23111C #2 RG201UA RG201UD #5
MM50U MM311U #2 RG201UB RG210UD #5
MM51 MM23111C #2 RG202UA No longer available #1
MM51U MM311U #2 RG300A RG500A #5
MM100 MM23401C #5 RG300UA-PCM RG500UA-PCM #5
MM100U MM301U #5 RG310UA RG510UA #5
MM101 MM23401C #5 RG310UA-PCM RG510UA-PCM #5
MM101U MM301U #5 RG400A RG500A #5
MM200 MM23401C #5 RG400UA RG500UA #5

94 • CROSS REFERENCE FOR OBSOLETE DRIVES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Cross Reference

FOOT- FOOT-
OLD MODELS NEW MODELS OLD MODELS NEW MODELS
NOTES NOTES
RG400UA-PCM RG500UA-PCM #5 SLT58UD4 No longer available #1
RG300UA RG500UA SLT68UD4 No longer available #1
SH12 SL15 SLT78UD4 No longer available #1
SH12FB SL15 SLT298UD4 No longer available #1
SH14 SL15 SSR21010A RG500UA
SH32 MM21251C SSR21000A RG500UA
SH32FB MM21251C SSR22000A RG500UA
SH33 MM21251C TA100P TA101P #5
SH52 MM21251C TR9020U No longer available #1
SH52FB MM21251C VT2-115 VT8-D230AC #5
SH53 MM21251C VT3-230 VT8-D230AC #5
SH63 MM21251C VT6-115 VT8-D230AC #5
SH73 No longer available #1 VT6-230 VT8-D230AC #5
SH83 No longer available #1 W12 No longer available #1
SH273 No longer available #1 214 No longer available #1
SH283 No longer available #1 232 MM21251C
SH293 No longer available #1 W33 No longer available #1
SL10U XP01-115AC-SL #5 W52 MM21251C
SL14 SL15 W53 No longer available #1
SL14P No longer available #1 W63 No longer available #1
SL15U XP01-115AC-SL #5 W63RM No longer available #1
SL31UD1 XL3025A W73 No longer available #1
SL31UD2 XL3025A W83 No longer available #1
SL31UD3 XL3025A W203 No longer available #1
SL31UD4 XL3025A #5 W273 No longer available #1
SL32 MM21251C #4, #5 W283 No longer available #1 N
SL51UD1 XL3025A W293 No longer available #1
SL51UD2 XL3025A WP10 No longer available #1
SL51UD3 XL3025A WP11 No longer available #1
SL51UD4 XL3025A #5 WP12 No longer available #1
SL52 MM21251C #4, #5 WP15 No longer available #1
SL58 MM21251C WP20 No longer available #1
SL58U XL3025A WP21 No longer available #1
SL61 MM21151C WP24 No longer available #1
SL61UD1 XL3025A WP25 No longer available #1
SL61UD2 XL3025A WP32 No longer available #1
SL61UD3 XL3025A WP50 No longer available #1
SL61UD4 XL3025A WP51 No longer available #1
SL63 MM21251C WP52 No longer available #1
SLF38 MM21251C WP54 No longer available #1
SLF38UD4 XL3025A WP55 No longer available #1
SLF58 MM21251C WP6001 No longer available #1
SLF58UD4 XL3025A WP6011 WP6211 #5
SLF61 MM21151C WP6012 WP6212 #5
SLF63 MM21151C WP6020 No longer available #1
SLF67 MM21151C WP6023 No longer available #1
SLF68 MM21151C WP6040 No longer available #1
SLF68UD4 XL3025A WP6101 WP6201 #5
SLF69 MM21151C WP6111 WP6211 #5
SLF70 MM21251C WP6120 No longer available #1
SLF88 No longer available #1 WP1233 No longer available #1
SLF88XF No longer available #1 WP1253LP XL3025A #2
SLF298 No longer available #1 XLT2300NF XL3300A #5
SLT18UD4 No longer available #1 1253 No longer available #1
SLT38UD4 No longer available #1 1253LP XL3025A #2

#1. No longer available; treat as a new application.


#2. HP ratings slightly different. Example: MM51 is designed for 1/4 HP and less; MM23111C is designed for 1/8 HP and less.
#3. Requires heat sink attached to the control for equivalent HP ratings.
#4. For reversible application. If unidirectional, substitute MM21151C or C4XL3025.
#5. Footprint is exact.

• CROSS REFERENCE FOR OBSOLETE DRIVES 95


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Technical Reference
Competitor Cross Reference

This page is a tool to help cross other DC drives to the Minarik Drives’ line of DC drives. You will see brands such as KB
Electronics, Dart Controls, Baldor, Bodine, Grainger, and Graham. This cross reference includes some of the more common
drives from those manufacturers. Call the Minarik Drives factory at 800-MINARIK to speak to an Application Engineer if your
drive is not listed below or if you have any questions about the differences between the various drives.

KB Electronics™ Minarik Drives Grainger® Minarik Drives


KBBC Series à DC30-12/24-4Q 2M510 à MM23001C
KBIC Series à MM23001C 2M511 à MC10
KBMD Series à MM23101C or MM23201C 5JJ51 à DC30-12/24-4Q
KBMG Series à RG60U 5JJ56 à MM31750B
KBMM Series à MM23001C 5JJ57 à MM31750B
KBPB Series à RG60U 5JJ58 à MM23101C
KBSI-240D à PCM4 5JJ59 à MM23021C
KBRG-212D à RG500UA 6Z385 à MM23001C
KBRG-240D à RG500UA 6Z386 à MC10
KBRG-255 à RG5500U 6Z387 à MM23002D
KBWD Series à MMXL Series 6Z388 à MC10
SI Series à Models starting with “PCM”

Dart Controls™ Minarik Drives Graham™ Minarik Drives


125DV-C à MM23001C or MM23001C-Q 1400-C à MMXL02-D240AC
15DV Series à MM31750B 1450-C à MMXL02-D240AC
253G-200C à MM23001C 176B0089 à PCM4
253G-200E à MM23401C or MC10 176B1111 à MM23001C
N 530BC à MM23002D 176B1112 à MM23001C
530BRE à MC10 176B3001 à RG60U
VSI à PCM4 176B3002 à RG500A
MD Series à DLC600 & drive 176B3003 à RG60U
176B3004 à RG500A
Baldor® Minarik Drives 176B3005 à RG60U
BC140 à MM23101C 176B3006 à RG60U
BC140-FBR à MM23201C 176B3007 à RG60U
BC141 à MM23001C 176B3008 à RG60U
BC142 à MM23001C 176B4000 à RG500UA
BC155 à MM501U 176B4001 à RG500UA
BC154 à MC10 176B6000 à RG500A
BCWD140 à MC10-R 176B6001 à RG500UA
BC200 à RG500UA 176B6002 à RG500UA
BC202 à RG500UA 176B6003 à RG5500U
BC203 à RG5500U 176B6004 à RG500UA
BC204 à RG60U 176B6005 à RG5500U
BC254 à RG500A 176B8013 à RG510UA
BC354 à C4XL3200A
Reliance® Minarik Drives
Bodine® Minarik Drives DC3N-12D-00-010-AI à MM301U
0780 à MMXL02-D240AC DC3N-12D-00-010-AN à MM23002D
0781 à MMXL05-D240AC DC3N-12D-01-010-AN à MM23102D
0790 à C1XP01-115AC-A DC3N-12D-4X-010-A1 à MM301A
0791 à C1XP03-115AC-A DC3N-12D-4X-010-AN à MM23402D
0865 à MM23001C DC3R-12D-00-010-AI à RG500UA-PCM
0867 à MM23101C DC3R-12D-00-010-AN à RG500UA
1865 à MC10 DC3R-12D-4X-010-AN à RG500A
DC3R-12D-4X-010-DN à RG501A

96 • CROSS REFERENCE FOR COMPETITOR DRIVES


Call us toll free 1.800.MINARIK or find more information online at www.minarikdrives.com
Visit our website at www.minarikdrives.com
South Beloit, Illinois your online resource for Minarik Drives
MANUFACTURING FACILITY Download Manuals Find a Distributor
Minarik Drives has a 35,000 square foot manufacturing facility in
South Beloit, Illinois. The building currently facilitates the Online Catalog
Contact us
engineering, sales, and production staff, employing over 65
people. The entire facility is climate and humidity controlled,
and has received unconditional lab and factory approval by
UL/CUL and factory approved by TUV.
Centrally located in the United States, Minarik Drives has the
ability to accommodate and service customers more efficiently
and logistically. The largest UPS hub in the country is less than
25 miles away, making standard delivery 2-3 days for 38 states.

Search by Part Number or


Partial Part Number
CATALOG PAGE LAYOUT
Below is an example of the chart found on a typical catalog page. You will find an explanation of the different parts
We accept
of the chart. Visa
A field supply is MasterCard
Maximum continuous necessary for DC shunt American Express
current that the drive wound motors Discover
Input voltage that can source to the Horsepower range
motor that the drive can States whether the
supplies power to UL Listed and
optimally control drive includes built-
the drive Canadian UL
in reversing circuitry

Input Output Max HP Rating HP Rating @ Rev- Field


Form
Drive Voltage Voltage Current @ 90 VDC 180 VDC Enclosure ersing Isolation Supply uL cuL CE
Factor
(VAC) (VDC) (ADC) Output Output (VDC)

Model number of Output voltage Horsepower range States whether the

use our product specifier to assist you in finding the


the drive from the drive that the drive can drive comes with no
to the motor optimally control enclosure (chassis), UL CE
a NEMA, or NEMA4X recognized compliant

Asterix Legend (through page 36)


enclosure
right drive or motor for your application.
*: Indicates a heatsink or mounting The isolation column
**: Indicates a heatsink or mounting
***: Indicates isolation
indicates whether the SEARCH BY
drive can be controlled
****: Indicates a field supply by an external
*****: Indicates reversing or braking unisolated 0-5 VDC, • Current
******: Indicates sizing the drive 0-10 VDC, 0 - ± 10
*******: Indicates reverse polarity protection VDC, or 4-20 mA • HP
signal

For More Information: • Enclousre Type


• Braking
CALL FAX WEB • Reversing
1.800.MINARIK 1.800.394.6334 www.minarikdrives.com • and more
(1.800.646.2745)

spine
P r o d u c t
Te c h n o l o g i e s Minarik Drives is an American Control Electronics Brand

DC D rives:
• SCR
DESIGN TO DELIVERY
CUSTOM QUALITY AT A COMPETITIVE PRICE
• PWM
• R egenerat ive
• M icroprocessor-bas ed

AC & DC Motors & Drives


• Low Volt age
• D igit al
• N E MA Enclosure and
Chassis Models

Motors:
• DC G eared

AC D rives:
• Programmable
• N E MA Enclosure, I P 2 0
and Chassis Models

Minarik Drives is an American Control Electronics Brand

14300 D e L A To ur D r iv e M A DE IN THE U S A
S o uth B e lo i t, I L  6 1 0 8 0
Te l : 1 - 8 0 0 - M I N A R I K ( 6 4 6 - 2 7 4 5 ) | F a x : 1 - 8 1 5 - 6 2 4 - 6 9 6 0 | e m a i l : m d s a l e s @ m i n a r i k d r i v e s . c o m | w w w . m i n a r i k d r i v e s . c o m

©2012 Hegel Holdings All rights reserved Printed in USA Catalog MM12 Rev.0 $10.00

You might also like